NOTICE
Note that when converting this document from its original format to a .pdf file,
some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations. When
viewing and printing this document, we cannot guarantee that your specific PC or
printer will support all of the fonts or graphics. Therefore, when you view the
document fonts may be substituted and your individual printer may not have the
capability to print the document correctly.
SYSTEM HARDWARE
MANUAL
INT-1076 (IPK II)
DOCUMENT REVISION 1
(RELEASE 1000)
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features at any time without notice.
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its
employees and customers. The information contained herein is the property of
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without prior written
approval of NEC Unified Solutions, Inc.
Dterm is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation and Electra Elite is a
registered trademark of NEC America, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of
Microsoft Corporation. AT&T is a registered trademark of AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc.
Copyright 2006
NEC Infrontia, Inc.
6535 N. State Highway 161
Irving, TX 75039-2402
Technology Development
Preface
___________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Congratulations! You have purchased the NEC Electra Elite IPK II System.
The feature-rich Electra Elite IPK II key system provides over 200 features including
Computer Telephony Integration, Least Cost Routing, Automatic Call Distribution, T1,
ISDN-BRI Voice Trunks, ISDN-PRI Voice Trunks, Voice over Internet Protocol, and
many others.
The Electra Elite IPK II system provides what the customer needs today, and as
business expands the system can be expanded to grow as well.
The Electra Elite IPK II system has a set of manuals that provide all the information
necessary to install and support the system. This preface describes these manuals.
THIS MANUAL
This manual contains detailed instructions to install the Electra Elite IPK II KSUs,
ETUs, Multiline Terminals, and optional equipment in the following chapters.
Chapter 1 Regulatory Information
This chapter provides important regulatory information.
Chapter 2 Introduction
This chapter provides an overview of the Electra Elite IPK II system.
Chapter 3 System Specifications
This chapter contains detailed specifications for the Electra Elite IPK II system and
should be carefully reviewed by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 4 Hardware Requirements
This chapter contains the hardware requirements for the Electra Elite IPK II system
and should be read by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 5 Installing KSUs
This chapter contains the information necessary for installing the basic and expansion
KSUs. The technician should become familiar with this section before starting
installation.
Chapter 6 Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
This chapter contains instructions to install the Electronic Telephone Units (ETUs) in
the Basic and Expansion KSUs.
Chapter 7 Installing Electra Elite IPK II KSU Common Optional Equipment
This chapter provides information regarding Music on Hold, Station Background
Music and external paging.
Chapter 8 Installing Electra Elite IPK Multiline Terminals
This chapter describes the Electra Elite IPK Multiline Terminals that can be used with
the Electra Elite IPK II system and provides installation instructions for each
telephone.
Chapter 9 Installing Electra Elite IPK II Optional Terminal Equipment
This chapter contains installation instructions for Electra Elite IPK II optional
equipment that can be added to the system as a customer's business grows.
Chapter 10 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
This chapter describes the available Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be used
with the Electra Elite IPK II system and provides installation instructions for each
telephone.
Chapter 11 Installing Electra Elite Optional Terminal Equipment
This chapter contains installation instructions for installing Electra Elite optional
equipment that can be added to the Electra Elite IPK II as a customer's business
grows.
Chapter 12 Installing Single Line Telephones
This chapter describes the single line telephones that are compatible with the Electra
Elite IPK II system. Installation instructions are provided where necessary.
Chapter 13 Installing Cordless and Wireless Telephones
This chapter describes the cordless and wireless telephones that are compatible with
the Electra Elite IPK II system and provides installation instructions where necessary.
Chapter 14 System Maintenance
This chapter is a guide to help the technician troubleshoot and diagnose problems
during and after system installation.
Appendix A Glossary of Abbreviations
This chapter provides a list of commonly used abbreviations that are found
throughout the manual.
SUPPORTING
DOCUMENTS
Other manuals in the set are described below.
Electra Elite IPK II Features and Specifications Manual
This manual describes each available feature for the system.
Electra Elite IPK II General Description Manual
This manual contains general information about the system features, configuration
and standards. This overview of the Electra Elite IPK II system is useful when
presenting information to potential customers.
Electra Elite IPK II Programming Manual
This manual contains all programming instructions for the Electra Elite IPK II system.
Electra Elite IPK II PC Programming Manual
This manual describes the operation of the PCPro program for the Electra Elite IPK II
key telephone system. This program is a user-friendly Windows application that
allows the user to program and configure features of the Electra Elite IPK II KTS from
the PC environment.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Section 1
General Information ....................................................................................... 1-1
Section 2
Company Notification .................................................................................... 1-1
Section 3
Incidence of Harm .......................................................................................... 1-2
Section 4
Radio Frequency Interference ....................................................................... 1-3
Section 5
Hearing Aid Compatibility ............................................................................. 1-3
Section 6
Direct Inward Dialing ...................................................................................... 1-3
Section 7
Voice Announcement/Monitoring Over DID Lines ...................................... 1-4
Section 8
Music On Hold ................................................................................................ 1-4
Section 9
Service Requirements .................................................................................... 1-4
Section 10
UL Regulatory Information ............................................................................ 1-4
Section 11
Industry Canada Requirements .................................................................... 1-5
Section 12
Battery Disposal ............................................................................................. 1-6
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
i
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
ii
Table of Contents
List Of tables
Chapter 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 1-1
FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite IPK II System ETUs ..................... 1-2
Table 1-2
Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs ..................................................... 1-6
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
iii
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
iv
List of Tables
Regulatory Information
Chapter 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Established Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules permit this telephone
system to be directly connected to the telephone network. A jack is provided by the
telephone company. Jacks for this type of customer provided equipment are not
provided on party lines or coin lines.
The telephone company may change technical operations and procedures. When
such changes affect the compatibility or use of the Electra Elite IPK II system, the
telephone company is required to give adequate notice of the changes.
SEC
TION 2
COMPANY NOTIFICATION
Before connecting this telephone system to the telephone network, the following
information must be provided to the telephone company:
1.
Your telephone Number.
2.
FCC registration number:
H
When the system is to be installed as a Key Function system (no dial
access to Trunk Groups/Route Advance Blocks), use the following
number:
NIFMUL-43074-KF-E
H
When the system is to be installed as a Multifunction system, use the
following number:
NIFMUL-43076-MF-E
H
When the system is to be installed as a PBX system, use the following
number:
NIFMUL-43075-PF-E
H
Ringer Equivalence Number (REN): 2.0B
H
USOC jacks required: RJ21X and RJ2GX
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
1 - 1
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
The Facility Interface Code (FIC), Ringer Equivalent Number (REN), Service Order
Code (SOC), and Jack for each interface ETU are listed in the following table:
Table 1-1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jacks for Electra Elite IPK II System ETUs
Trunk/Station ETU Type
FIC
REN
SOC
Jack
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
02IS5
N/A
6.0F
N/A
CAMA Trunk
02RV-O
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(4)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U( ) ETU (Ground Start)
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COIB(4)-U(10) ETU for COI/COID
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
Mode (Loop Start)
COIB(4)-U(10) ETU for COI Mode
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
(Ground Start)
COIB(4)-U(20) ETU for COID/COI
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
Mode (Loop Start)
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU for COI/COID
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
Mode (Loop Start)
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
02RV2T
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
04DU9-BN
04DU9-DN
DTI-U( ) ETU
N/A
6.0P
N/A
04DU9-1KN
04DU9-1SN
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
0L13C
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
TL31M
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
SEC
TION 3
INCIDENCE OF HARM
When the system is malfunctioning, it could harm the telephone network. The
telephone system should be disconnected until the problem can be determined and
repair is made. When this is not done, the telephone company may temporarily
disconnect service.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 2
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 4
RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE
In compliance with FCC Part 15 rules, the following statement is provided:
IMPORTANT NOTE
"This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and when not
installed and used in accordance with the System Hardware Manual, may cause interference
to radio communications. This equipment has been tested and approved for compliance with
the limits for a Class B (except as noted below) computing device pursuant to Subpart J of
Part 15 of FCC Rules, that provide reasonable protection against such interference when
operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this telephone system in a residential
area is likely to cause interference, in which case, the user, at his or her own expense, is
required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference."
When equipped with the B64-U30 KSU and P64-U20 PSU, the Electra Elite IPK II can
be operated as a Class B device except when using one of the ETUs in the following
table. The system then becomes a Class A device that may not be used in a residential
area.
CCH(4)-U-10
CMS(2)/(4)-U30
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U30
HUB(8)-U( )
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U30
SEC
TION 5
HEARING AID COMPATIBILITY
The NEC Multiline Terminals and NEC Single Line Telephones provided for this
system are hearing aid compatible. The manufacturer of other Single Line
Telephones for use with the system must provide notice of hearing aid compatibility to
comply with FCC rules that prohibit the use of non-hearing aid compatible telephones.
SEC
TION 6
DIRECT INWARD DIALING
Operating this equipment without providing proper answer supervision is a violation of
Part 68 of the FCC rules.
Proper Answer Supervision occurs when:
H
This equipment returns answer supervision to the Public Switched Telephone
Network (PSTN) when Direct Inward Dialing (DID) calls are:
J
Answered by the called station.
J
Answered by the Attendant.
J
Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by the
Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) user.
J
Routed to a dial prompt.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
1 - 3
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
H
This equipment returns answer supervision on all DID calls forwarded to the
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). Permissible exceptions are:
J
A call is unanswered.
J
A busy tone is received.
J
A reorder tone is received.
SEC
TION 7
VOICE ANNOUNCEMENT/MONITORING OVER DID LINES
CAUTION
The use of monitoring, recording or listening devices to eavesdrop, monitor, retrieve or record
telephone conversations or other sound activities, whether or not contemporaneous with its
transmission, may be illegal in certain circumstances under federal or state laws. Legal advise
should be sought prior to implementing any practice that monitors or records any telephone
conversation. Some federal and state laws require some form of notification to all parties to
the telephone conversation, such as using a beep tone or other notification methods, or
require the consent of all parties to the telephone conversation, prior to monitoring or
recording a telephone conversation. Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties.
SEC
TION 8
MUSIC ON HOLD
IMPORTANT NOTE
"In accordance with U.S. Copyright Law, a license may be required from the American Society
of Composers, Authors and Publishers, or other similar organization, when radio or TV
broadcasts are transmitted through the Music On Hold feature of this telecommunication
system. NEC Unified Solutions, Inc., hereby disclaims any liability arising out of the failure to
obtain such a license."
SEC
TION 9
SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
When equipment malfunctions, all repairs will be performed by NEC Unified
Solutions, Inc. or by an authorized agent. The user must report the need for service
to an NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. authorized agent or to NEC Unified Solutions, Inc.
SECTION 10
UL REGULATORY INFORMATION
This equipment has been listed by Underwriters Laboratories and complies with all
applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment UL 1459.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 4
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 11
INDUSTRY CANADA REQUIREMENTS
Industry Canada has established rules that permit this telephone system to be directly
connected to the telephone network. Prior to the connection or disconnection of this
telephone system to or from the telephone network, the telephone company must be
provided with the following information.
1. Your telephone number:
2. IC Certificate number: 140 7942 A
3. Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) of the equipment: 2.1
The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means that
the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational and
safety requirements as prescribed in the applicable Terminal Equipment Technical
requirements document(s). The Department does not guarantee that equipment
operates to user satisfaction.
Before installation, the user should ensure that it is permissible to connect this
equipment to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment
must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer
should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent
degradation of service in some situations.
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated
by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or
equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request
the user to disconnect the equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of
the power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, when
present, are connected together. This precaution may be particularly important in
rural areas.
CAUTION
Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the
applicable electric inspection authority, or electrician.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an
indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a
telephone interface. The termination of an interface may consist of any combination
of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalent
Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5.
This equipment is listed by the Canadian Standards Association and complies with all
applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment C 22.2 No. 225.
This equipment meets IC requirements CS03.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
1 - 5
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions
from digital apparatus as regulated by the radio interference regulations of Industry
Canada.
Le present appareil numerique n'emet pas de bruits radioelectriques depassant les
limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de Classe A prescrites dans le
reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par Industrie Canada.
SECTION 12
BATTERY DISPOSAL
The Electra Elite IPK II system includes the batteries listed below. When disposing of
these batteries, KSUs, and/or ETUs, you must comply with applicable federal and
state regulations regarding proper disposal procedures.
Table 1-2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs
Unit Name
Type of Battery
Quantity
B64-U20 KSU
Lead Acid
2
CPUII( )-U10 ETU
Lithium
1
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
Lithium
1
IVR(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( )
Lithium
1
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
Lithium
1
DTP-1HM-2 TEL
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
Lithium
1
DTH-4R-1/2 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTR-4R-1/2 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTU-4R-1 TEL
Lead Acid
1
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Lithium
1
The Electra Elite IPK II CPUII( )-U10 ETU provides memory backup for approximately
21 days. The Lithium battery should be replaced about every two years.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 6
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL
DO NOT PLACE USED BATTERIES IN YOUR REGULAR TRASH! THE PRODUCT
YOU PURCHASED CONTAINS A NICKEL-CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD
BATTERY. NICKEL-CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD BATTERIES MUST BE
COLLECTED, RECYCLED, OR DISPOSED OF IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY
SOUND MANNER.
The incineration, landfilling or mixing of nickel-cadmium or sealed lead batteries with
the municipal solid waste stream is PROHIBITED BY LAW in most areas. Contact
your local solid waste management officials for other information regarding the
environmentally sound collection, recycling, and disposal of the battery.
Nickel-Cadmium (or sealed lead) batteries must be returned to a federal or state
approved nickel-cadmium (or sealed lead) battery recycler. This may be where the
batteries were originally sold or a local seller of automotive batteries. Contact your
local waste management officials for other information regarding the environmentally
sound collection, recycling and disposal of the battery contained in this product. For
Ni-Cd batteries, you can also call 1-800-8-BATTERYSM if further information is
required.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
1 - 7
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
The packaging for the Electra Elite IPK II system contains the following labels
regarding proper disposal.
PRODUCT PACKAGE LABELING
CONTAINS NICKEL-CADMIUM BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR
DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-Cd
CONTAINS SEALED LEAD BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Pb
CONTAINS NICKEL-METAL HYDRIDE
BATTERY. BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED
OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-MH
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 8
Regulatory Information
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Section 1
General Information ....................................................................................... 2-1
1.1
Unique Design ............................................................................................. 2-1
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
i
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
ii
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Chapter 2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 2-1
System Configuration Example .................................................................................. 2-3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
iii
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
iv
List of Figures
Introduction
Chapter 2
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1
Unique Design
The Electra Elite IPK II system is a powerful key system that meets the ever
changing business communications demands of today. Unique compact
design allows it to be easily and quickly installed.
The Electra Elite IPK II system can grow with your business. You can easily
and economically increase port size when necessary. Two expansion units
can be added when the CPUII( )-U10 ETU is installed in the basic cabinet. A
full-blown system includes the basic and two expansion units.
Electra Elite IPK II is a feature-rich system that provides telephone functions
and supports advanced features such as:
J
Automatic Number Indication (ANI)/Caller ID
J
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
J
Automatic Route Selection
J
Caller ID Call Return
J
Centralized Voice Mail
J
Computer Telephony Integration (CTI)
J
Dialed Number Indication Service (DNIS)
J
Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal
J
Dterm Cordless II Terminal
J
Dterm Cordless Lite II Terminal
J
Dterm Handset Cordless
J
Dterm Headset Cordless
J
Emergency 911 Cut Through
J
Enhanced 911
J
Integrated Digital Voice Mail
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
2 - 1
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
J
ISDN-BRI and ISDN-PRI Voice Trunks
J
K-CCIS Common Channel Interoffice Signaling
J
Least Cost Routing
J
Live Monitoring
J
Live Record
J
Multiline Conference Bridge
J
Multilingual LCD Indication
J
Multiple Music on Hold Using CO Interface
J
PC Attendant Console
J
Unified Messaging
J
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
J
Wireless
The Electra Elite IPK II system offers a variety of compatible 8-line, 16-line,
and 32-line Multiline Terminals with/without LCD. A 2-line non-LCD terminal
and a 60-line Attendant Console are also available.
A customer with existing Electra Elite or Electric Elite IPK terminals can easily
connect them to the Electra Elite IPK II system to provide inexpensive
migration. Most Electra Elite IPK II system features are available with the
Electra Elite or Electric Elite IPK Multiline Terminals.
The Electra Elite IPK II system supports a wide range of additional equipment
such as Single Line Telephones, external speakers, facsimile machines,
external microphones, and headsets that can be connected to the system to
accommodate individual customer needs. The diagram in Figure 2-1 System
Configuration Example shows an Electra Elite IPK II system with standard and
optional equipment (some locally provided).
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 2
Introduction
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
External
Speakerphone
Message
External
Least Cost Routing
Display Board
Speaker
DECT Wireless
Computer Telephony Integration
ElectraMail CTI (Unified Messaging)
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal (DTU)
Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal (DTP)
Automatic Call Distribution
PC Programming
Headset
Electra Elite IPK Multiline Terminals (DTH)
Dterm Series i Multiline Terminal (DTR)
Dterm IPK (ITH) IP Terminals
Station Message Detail
Answering Machine
Recording (SMDR)
Facsimile
CO/PBX/Centrex/DID
/Tie/FT1/ISDN-BRI/ISDN-PRI
Single Line
Attendant
Telephone
Console
ITH IP Stations
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
Trunks/Stations
Dterm ISDN EXTender Plus
(Telecommuting)
Dterm Cordless Lite II
Dterm Analog Cordless
Dterm Cordless II
Dterm Headset Cordless
Dterm Handset Cordless
Dterm Cordless Lite
Figure 2-1 System Configuration Example
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
2 - 3
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 4
Introduction
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Section 1
General Information ....................................................................................... 3-1
Section 2
System Block Diagram .................................................................................. 3-1
Section 3
Maximum System Capacities ........................................................................ 3-5
Section 4
KSU Power-Based Calculator Chart ........................................................... 3-17
Section 5
System Requirements and Specifications ................................................. 3-21
5.1
Cabling Requirements and Specifications ................................................ 3-21
5.2
Cabling Precautions .................................................................................. 3-23
5.2.1
Cable Placement ............................................................................................ 3-23
5.2.2
Environmental Conditions ............................................................................... 3-24
5.3
Power Requirements ................................................................................. 3-24
5.3.1
Power Supply Inputs ....................................................................................... 3-24
5.3.2
Power Supply Consumption ........................................................................... 3-24
5.4
Outside Line Types ................................................................................... 3-25
5.5
Transmission, Network, and Control Specifications .................................. 3-25
5.5.1
Transmission .................................................................................................. 3-25
5.5.2
Network ........................................................................................................... 3-26
5.5.3
Control ............................................................................................................ 3-26
5.5.4
Electra Elite IPK Terminals and Equipment .................................................... 3-26
5.5.5
Series i Terminals ........................................................................................... 3-27
5.6
Dialing Specifications ................................................................................ 3-28
5.6.1
Dial Pulse Address Signaling .......................................................................... 3-28
5.6.2
Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) Address Signaling ................................... 3-28
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
i
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
5.7
Battery Backup ......................................................................................... 3-29
5.7.1
System Backup ............................................................................................... 3-29
5.7.2
Memory Backup .............................................................................................. 3-29
5.8
Weights and Dimensions .......................................................................... 3-29
5.9
External Equipment Interface ................................................................... 3-34
5.9.1
Music on Hold/Station Background Music ...................................................... 3-34
5.9.2
Music for Station BGM using Analog CO Trunk ETU
(COI, COIB, or COID) ..................................................................................... 3-34
5.9.3
External Paging (Audio) .................................................................................. 3-34
5.9.4
External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Output ..................................................... 3-34
5.9.5
SMDR Output ................................................................................................. 3-34
5.9.6
PC Connection ................................................................................................ 3-34
5.9.7
ACD/MIS Connector ....................................................................................... 3-34
5.9.8
Relay Contact ................................................................................................. 3-34
5.10
Audible and Visual Indications ................................................................. 3-35
5.10.1 Tone Patterns ................................................................................................. 3-35
5.10.2 LED Flash Patterns ......................................................................................... 3-35
___________________________________________________________________________________
ii
Table of Contents
List Of figures and tables
Chapter 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-1
List of Abbreviations ................................................................................................... 3-1
Figure 3-1
System Block Diagram ............................................................................................... 3-4
Table 3-2
Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs ........................................... 3-5
Table 3-3
Maximum System Capacities for Trunk Interface ETUs ........................................... 3-11
Table 3-4
Maximum System Capacities for Application Interface ETUs .................................. 3-15
Table 3-5
KSU Power-Based Calculator Chart ........................................................................3-18
Table 3-6
Electra Elite IPK/Dterm Series i Multiline Terminal
Loop Resistance and Cable Length ......................................................................... 3-21
Table 3-7
Electra Elite/Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal
Loop Resistance and Cable Length ......................................................................... 3-22
Figure 3-2
Connecting the ESI Using Twisted 2-Pair Cable ...................................................... 3-22
Table 3-8
Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment .......... 3-23
Table 3-9
Cabling Requirements ..............................................................................................3-23
Table 3-10
Power Consumption ................................................................................................. 3-24
Table 3-11
Fuse Replacement ................................................................................................... 3-25
Table 3-12
Weights and Dimensions ..........................................................................................3-29
Table 3-13
Tone Patterns ........................................................................................................... 3-36
Table 3-14
Multiline Terminal LED Flash Patterns ..................................................................... 3-37
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
iii
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
iv
List of Figures and Tables
System Specifications
Chapter 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
This chapter provides detailed specifications for the Electra Elite IPK II system
technician. The technician should review this information carefully before installing
the system.
SEC
TION 2
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 3-1 System Block Diagram shows the ETUs that can be installed in the KSU
and the number of channels supported when the ETU is installed. Table 3-1 List of
Abbreviations lists abbreviations used in the diagram.
Table 3-1 List of Abbreviations
Abbreviation
Description
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
BRT
Basic Rate Trunk Interface
BSU(2)/BSU(4M)
Base Station Unit
BSU(2S)/BSU(6S)
CCH
Common Channel Handler (K-CCIS)
CF
Compact Flash
CNF(8)
Multiline Conference Bridge
CNF(16)
Multimedia Conference Bridge
COI
Central Office Interface
COIB
Central Office Interface (COI/COID mode)
COID
Central Office Interface with Caller ID
COM
Communication
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CTA
Computer Telephony Adapter
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 1
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-1 List of Abbreviations (Continued)
Abbreviation
Description
CTI/VP, FMS,
Voice Mail
VMS, CMS, CTP,
IVR, VMP
DID
Direct Inward Dialing
DTI
Digital Trunk Interface
ESI/ESIB/ESIE
Electronic Station Interface
ETU
Electronic Telephone Unit
EXP
KSU Expansion Controller ETU
EXPT
System Expansion ETU for K-CCIS
FT1
Fractional T1
HDLC
High Level Data Link Control
HFU
Handsfree Unit
HUB
Optional Hub Ethernet Interface
IAD
Optional Integration Device
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
LAN
Local Area Network
MDF
Main Distribution Frame
MG-16
Media Gateway
MIC
Microphone
MOH
Music On Hold
OPX
Off-Premise Extension
PC
Personal Computer
PCM
Pulse Code Modulation
PGD(2)-U10 ADP
Two circuit module for MOH, External
Paging, and Doorphones
PKU
Port Key Unit
PRT
Primary Rate Trunk
PVA
Packet Voice Application
SLI/SLIB/SLIE
Single Line Interface
SLT
Single Line Telephone
SPK
Speaker
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 2
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-1 List of Abbreviations (Continued)
Abbreviation
Description
TLI
Tie Line Interface
VM/VMP
Voice Mail
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 3
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Package Control Path
Voice Path
(HDLC)
(PCM Highway)
Analog
COI(4)/(8)
CO Line
VM
SLI(4)(8)
COIB(4)/(8)
CO Line /
CO Line with Caller ID
SLT
OPX(2)
COID(4)/(8)
CO Line with Caller ID
BSU(2)
Wireless DECT
BSU(4M)/(2S)/
(6S)
MIC
HF-R
CCH(4)
K-CCIS (C Channel Handler)
Tape
Electra
AD(A
Recorder
)
Elite
IPK
BRT(4)
ISDN BRI
AP(A)
Modem
and
AP(R)
Dterm
PRT(1)-U( )
ISDN PRI
CT(A)
Series i
PC
Terminals
CT(U)
DID(4)
Analog DID Line
TLI(2)
E&M Tie Lines (4-wire)
CTA
PC
CTU(S)
DTI-U( )
T1/FT1 Lines
ESI(8)
APA
Electra
Modem
CNF(16)
Multimedia Conference Bridge
APR
Elite
EISB(8)
Terminals
MIC
ESIE(8)
HFU
PVA
Packet Voice Application
ADA
Tape
Recorder
CNF(8)
Conference Bridge
SLT
SLTII-U10 ADP
CTI/VP/IVR/
PGD(2)-U10 ADP
FMS/VMS/CMS
Doorbox Speaker with Amplifier
CTP/VMP
Digital Voice Mail
External Music Source
External Recording System
External Ringing
MG-16
Media Gateway
HUB(8)
Optional Ethernet Interface
VRS CF
IAD(8)
VoIP (Station/Trunk)
In-Mail CF
IP Stations
MOH
CPUII( )-U10 ETU
EXP/
Dterm
EXPT
AD(A)-2R
SPK
IPK
(ITH)
Tape
IP Network (LAN)
Recorder
Figure 3-1 System Block Diagram
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 4
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 3
MAXIMUM SYSTEM CAPACITIES
The maximum capacities available in the Electra Elite IPK II system are shown Table
3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs, Table 3-3 Maximum
System Capacities for Trunk Interface ETUs and Table 3-4 Maximum System
Capacities for Application Interface ETUs.
Table 3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs
Maximum Capacities
Station Interface
Description
Expanded
Notes
Units
Basic Port
Port
Package
Package
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
2- or 4-Port Digital Voice Mail System
1
1
Notes 1~4, 6
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
8-Port Conference Unit. This Multiline
2
2
Notes 1, 4, 6
Conference Bridge allows any
intercom user or outside party calling
to a port of the CNF(16)-U20 ETU to
join or make a multiparty Conference
Call. Each ETU supports one 8-party
conference or two 4-party
conferences regulated by a switch
setting.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8
in the B64-U20 KSU. The system
recognizes this ETU as an SLI(8)-U( )
ETU. This ETU shares the total
number of station ports in the system.
CNF(16)-U20 ETU
16-Port Multimedia Conference Unit.
1
1
Notes 1, 4, 6
This Multiline Conference Bridge can
support 8 or 16 ports. Each 8-port
ETU supports one 8-party conference
or two 4-party conferences. Each 16-
port ETU supports one 16-party
conference, two 8-party conferences,
one 6-party and two 5-party
conferences, or four 4-party
conferences. This ETU is installed in
slots S1~S8 in the B64-U20 KSU.
The system recognizes this ETU as a
CNF( )-U20 ETU. This ETU shares
the total number of station ports in the
system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 5
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Station Interface
Description
Expanded
Notes
Units
Basic Port
Port
Package
Package
CTI(4)/(8)-U( )
This ETU is a 4- or 8-Port Digital
1
1
Notes 1, 3, 4, 6
(System) ETU
Voice Mail system with ports that
support TeLANophy, inbound or
outbound faxing, and Hospitality/
HVM applications. It is installed in an
interface slot. This ETU shares the
total number of station ports in the
system.
CTI(12)/(16)-U( )
This ETU and the 4- and 8-port ETU
1
1
Notes 1, 3~5,
(Daughter) ETU
provide a 12- or 16-port is a 12- or
6
16-Port Digital CTI System Digital
Voice Mail system with ports that
support TeLANophy, inbound or
outbound faxing, and Hospitality/
HVM applications. It is installed in
any interface slot. This ETU shares
the total number of station ports in the
system.
CTP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is a multiplatform system
1
1
Notes 1, 3, 4, 6
CTP(12)/(16)-U( )
that supports a maximum of 16 ports.
ETU
It is a PC platform that contains data
storage for voice recording and
application software. A digital signal
processor/voice processing section
handles the following functions:
·
DTMF detection and generation
·
General tone detection
·
FAX CNG tone detection
·
PCM compression for audio
recording/playback
·
Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
·
Two USB 1.0 ports for USB
keyboard and mouse support
·
One 15-pin VGA Connector for
VGA monitor support
One DSP8-U10 ETU is required for 8-
ports. Two DSP8-U10 ETUs are
required for 12- or 16-ports.
DSPII-U10 Unit with
This unit is a daughter board that is
1
1
7
In-Mail 2-port or In-
installed on the CPUII( )-U10 ETU
Mail 4-port Compact
and is used for the VRS or In-Mail
Flash card installed.
Compact Flash
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
8-Port Electronic Station Interface
7
23
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 6
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Station Interface
Description
Expanded
Notes
Units
Basic Port
Port
Package
Package
ESIB(8)-U( ) ETU
This 8-Port Electronic Station
7
23
Notes 1, 6
Interface ETU contains eight circuits.
Each circuit can support any
Attendant Console, Multiline
Terminal, or Single Line Telephone
adapter.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8
in the basic or expansion B64-U20
KSU. The maximum number
depends on other station ETUs
installed. This ETU shares the total
number of extension ports in the
system
ESIB(8)-U( ) ETU with
These ETUs are a 16-Port Electronic
3
15
Notes 1, 6
ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU
Station Interface. The ESIE ETU is
installed on ESIB ETU. This
Electronic Station Interface ETU
contains eight circuits. Each circuit
can support any Attendant Console,
Multiline Terminal, or Single Line
Telephone adapter.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8
in the basic or expansion B64-U20
KSU. The maximum number
depends on other station ETUs
installed. This ETU shares the total
number of extension ports in the
system.
FMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
This 2- or 4-Port Digital Voice Mail
1
1
Notes 1~4, 6
System is installed in any interface
slot. It has eight channels of built-in
Voice Mail. The system recognizes
this ETU as a VMS(4)-U( ) ETU. This
ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
FMS(8)-U( ) ETU
This 8-Port Digital Voice Mail System
1
1
Notes 1, 3, 4, 6
is installed in any interface slot. It has
two or four channels of built-in Voice
Mail. The system recognizes this
ETU as a VMS(8)-U( ) ETU. This
ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 7
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Station Interface
Description
Expanded
Notes
Units
Basic Port
Port
Package
Package
IVR Application
This Interactive Voice Response ETU
[VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
has four ports to support IVR
with IVR HDD Kit]
applications. When the DSP-U( )
module is attached, eight ports are
1
1
Notes 1, 3, 4, 6
available. It is installed in any
interface slot. This ETU shares the
number of station ports in the system.
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
This 2-Port Off-Premise Extension
6
22
Note 1, 2, 6
Interface ETU provides termination
and operation of two off-premise
extensions. Each ETU has a built-in
ringer signal generator (RSG). Up to
1600 ohms of resistance (including
the Single Line instrument) is
acceptable between the OPX ETU
and the Single Line Telephone.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8
in any B64-U20 KSU and shares the
number of station ports in the system.
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
This 4-Port Single Line Interface ETU
12
22
Notes 1, 6
supports four Single Line Telephones
and/or analog voice mail ports. Each
ETU provides a built-in ringer signal
generator (RSG) and Message
Waiting (MW) LED voltage to Single
Line Telephones.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8
in any B64-U20 KSU. The maximum
number depends on other station
ETUs installed. This ETU shares the
total number of station ports in the
system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 8
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Station Interface
Description
Expanded
Notes
Units
Basic Port
Port
Package
Package
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
This 8-Port Single Line Interface ETU
6
22
Notes 1, 6
supports eight Single Line
Telephones and/or analog voice mail
ports. Each ETU provides a built-in
ringer signal generator (RSG) and
Message Waiting (MW) LED voltage
to Single Line Telephones.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8
in any B64-U20 KSU. The maximum
number depends on other station
ETUs installed. This ETU shares the
total number of station ports in the
system.
SLIB(4)-U( ) ETU
This 4-Port Single Line Interface ETU
12
22
Notes 1, 6
supports four Single Line
Telephones. Each ETU provides a
built-in ringer signal generator (RSG)
and Message Waiting (MW) LED
voltage to Single Line Telephones.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8
in any B64-U20 KSU. The maximum
number depends on other station
ETUs installed. This ETU shares the
total number of station ports in the
system.
SLIB(4)-U( ) ETU with
These ETUs are an 8-Port Single
6
22
Notes 1, 6
SLIE(4)-U( ) ETU
Line Interface. The SLIE ETU is
installed
installed on the SLIB ETU, and they
support eight Single Line Telephones
with built-in ringer signal generator
(RSG) and Message Waiting (MW)
LED voltage to Single Line
Telephones.
This combination ETU is installed in
slots S1~S8 in any B64-U20 KSU.
The maximum number depends on
other station ETUs installed. This
ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 9
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Station Interface
Description
Expanded
Notes
Units
Basic Port
Port
Package
Package
VMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
This 2- or 4-Port Digital Voice Mail
1
1
Notes 1~4, 6
System is installed in any Interface
slot. It has two or four channels of
built-in voice mail. The system
recognizes this ETU as a VMS(4)-U( )
ETU. This ETU shares the total
number of station ports in the system.
VMS(8)-U( ) ETU/
This 8-Port Digital Voice Mail System
1
1
Notes 1, 3, 4,
is installed in any Interface slot. It
6
has eight channels of built-in voice
mail. The system recognizes this
ETU as a VMS(8)-U( ) ETU. This
ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
VP(4)/(8)-U( )
This 4- or 8-Port Digital Voice Mail
1
1
Notes 1, 3, 4, 6
(System) ETU
System has ports that support
TeLANophy, inbound/outbound
faxing, and Hospitality/HVM
applications.
It is installed in any interface slot and
shares the total number of station
ports in the system.
VP(12)/(16)-U( )
This 12- or 16-Port Digital Voice Mail
1
1
Notes 1,3~6,
(Daughter) ETU
System and the 4- or 8-port provide a
12- or 16-port Digital Voice Mail
System with ports that support
TeLANophy, inbound/outbound
faxing, and Hospitality/HVM
applications.
It is installed in any interface slot and
shares the total number of station
ports in the system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 10
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-2 Maximum System Capacities for Station Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Station Interface
Description
Expanded
Notes
Units
Basic Port
Port
Package
Package
Note 1:
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface
(ESI) ports and four trunk ports.
Note 2:
When 2-port Station Interface ETUs are installed, the system uses four ports from its maximum port capacity.
Note 3:
Only one CMS, FMS, VMS, VP, CTI, CTP, IVR system can be installed in one Electra Elite IPK II system.
Note 4:
A maximum of 32 Digital Voice Mail ports are available.
Note 5:
Two physical Interface Slots are used for the EliteMail VP 12/16-port system and the EliteMail CTI 12/16-port
system.
Note 6:
Refer to the KSU Power-Based Calculator Chart.
Note 7:
When the DSPII-U10 Unit with an In-Mail 2- or 4-port Compact Flash is installed on the CPUII( )-U( ) ETU, it
uses four ports from the maximum station port capacity.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 11
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-3 Maximum System Capacities for Trunk Interface ETUs
Maximum Capacities
Trunk Interface
Description
Notes
ETUs
Basic Port
Expanded
Package
Port Package
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
This 4-Port Basic Rate Interface for 8
7
23
Notes 1, 6
trunks provides four channels (eight
voice channels) for an ISDN-Basic
Rate Interface. Caller ID is supported.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S4 in
the basic or first expansion B64-U20
KSU. The maximum number depends
on other trunk ETUs installed. This
ETU shares the total number of
CO/PBX lines in the system.
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
This 4-Port CO/PBX Line Interface has
14
23
Note 1
built-in fuses (posistors), supports four
outside (CO/PBX) lines, and provides
circuitry for ring detection, holding and
dialing. The outside lines must be Loop
Start DTMF trunks. This ETU is
installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic or
expansion B64-U20 KSU. The
maximum number depends on other
trunk ETUs installed. This ETU can
provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
This ETU shares the total number of
CO/PBX lines in the system.
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
This 8-Port CO/PBX Line Interface has
7
23
Note 1
built-in fuses (posistors), supports
eight outside (CO/PBX) lines, and
provides circuitry for ring detection,
holding and dialing. The outside lines
must be Ground Start DTMF trunks.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in
the basic or expansion B64-U20 KSU.
The maximum number depends on
other trunk ETUs installed. This ETU
can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
This ETU shares the total number of
CO/PBX lines in the system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 12
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-3 Maximum System Capacities for Trunk Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Trunk Interface
Description
Notes
ETUs
Basic Port
Expanded
Package
Port Package
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
This 4-Port CO/PBX Line Interface can
14
23
Notes 1, 3
function the same as the COI(4) or
COID(4) ETU to provided a Central
Office Interface. When set for COID
mode, Loop Start DTMF trunks and/or
Caller ID trunks are supported, and the
ETU supports loop start only. When
the ETU is set for COI mode, loop start
or ground start DTMF trunks are
supported, but Caller ID is not
supported. Connections for ground
start trunks are polarity sensitive. This
ETU can provide an E911 CAMA
trunk. For COID mode, Caller ID
trunks must be installed in slots
S1~S4. This ETU shares the total
number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Tip and Ring electrical fuses are
provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
8-Port CO/PBX Line Interface can
7
23
Note 1
function the same as the COI(4) or
COID(4) ETU to provided a Central
Office Interface. When set for COID
mode, Loop Start DTMF trunks and/or
Caller ID trunks are supported, and the
ETU supports loop start only. When
the ETU is set for COI mode, loop start
or ground start DTMF trunks are
supported, but Caller ID is not
supported. Fax CO Branch is not
supported. Connections for ground
start trunks are polarity sensitive. Only
DTMF signaling is supported. This
ETU can provide an E911 CAMA
trunk. For COID mode, Caller ID
trunks must be installed in slots
S1~S4. This ETU shares the total
number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Tip and Ring electrical fuses are
provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 13
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-3 Maximum System Capacities for Trunk Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Trunk Interface
Description
Notes
ETUs
Basic Port
Expanded
Package
Port Package
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
This 4-Port Direct Inward Dialing
14
23
Notes 1,4
Interface supports four DID or four two-
way DID lines. Each ETU requires one
interface slot in the KSU. Immediate,
wink start, second dial tone, and delay
dial signaling can be combined on this
ETU.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in
any B64-U20 KSU. The maximum
number depends on other trunk ETUs
installed. This ETU shares the total
number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
DTI-U40 ETU for
This T1/FT1 Trunk Interface or ISDN-
2
11
Notes 1, 5, 7.
DTI Function
Primary Rate digital trunk terminates
DTI-U40 ETU for
Fractional T1 trunks (Up to 24 DS-0
PRI Function
channels). This ETU supports
K-CCIS, ANI/DNIS trunks, and CSU
less function on T1. A combination of
ground start and loop start signaling
can be used on the DTI-U40 ETU. Dial
pulse dialing, DTMF, Tie Line (E&M),
and DID are supported. This ETU has
24 built-in DTMF detectors. Trunks
are assigned in groups of four.
When channels are assigned to ANI,
Feature Group D is supported.
Feature Group D incoming MF/
outgoing DTMF signaling and K-CCIS
signaling with point-to-point E&M Tie
lines are also supported.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in
any B64-U20 KSU. The maximum
number depends on other trunk ETUs
installed. This ETU shares the total
number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 14
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-3 Maximum System Capacities for Trunk Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Trunk Interface
Description
Notes
ETUs
Basic Port
Expanded
Package
Port Package
TLI (2)-U( ) ETU
This 2-Port Tie Line Interface ETU
14
23
Note 2
supports the termination and operation
of two E&M tie lines (4-wire, type I and
type V, and 10/20 pps Dial Pulse or
DTMF). Immediate, wink start, second
dial tone, and delay dial signaling can
be combined on this ETU. This ETU is
installed in slots S1~S8 in any
B64-U20 KSU. The maximum number
depends on other trunk ETUs installed.
This ETU shares the total number of
CO/PBX lines in the system.
Note 1:
Calculating maximum capacities are based on the system having a minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface
(ESI) ports and four Trunk ports.
Note 2:
When 2-port Trunk Interface ETUs are installed, the system uses four ports from its maximum port capacity.
Note 3:
With the Electra Elite IPK II Expanded Port Package, a maximum of 14 COIB(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed as
COID(4)-U( ) ETUs.
Note 4:
Refer to the KSU Power-Based Calculator Chart .
Note 5:
Firmware 5.0 or higher is required.
Note 6:
Firmware 3.0 or higher is required.
Note 7:
The first four DTI/PRI ETUs are assigned 24 Channels, the next 6 are assigned 16 Channels, and the 11th is
assigned 8 channels.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 15
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-4 Maximum System Capacities for Application Interface ETUs
Maximum Capacities
Application
Description
Notes
Interface ETUs
Basic Port
Expanded
Package
Port Package
BSU(4M)-U20 ETU
The Master 4-Base Station Unit for
1
1
Notes 1, 2
Wireless DECT provides connections
for up to 16 Base Stations when using
two BSU(6S) ETUs. This ETU is
installed in slots S1~S8 (S2~S8 when
using one slave ETU or S3~S8 when
using two slave ETUs) in any B64-
U20 KSU.
BSU(2S)-U20 ETU
This Slave 2-Base Station Unit for
2
2
Notes 1, 2
Wireless DECT has connections for
two Base Stations and must be used
with the BSU(4M)-U20 ETU. This ETU
is installed in the first or second slot to
the left of the BSU(4)-U20 ETU
BSU(6S)-U20 ETU
This Slave 6-Base Station Unit for
2
2
Notes 1, 2
Wireless DECT has connections for six
Base Stations and must be used with
the BSU(4M)-U20 ETU. This ETU is
installed in the first or second slot to
the left of the BSU(4)-U20 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
This 4-Channel - Common Channel
1
1
Handler (CCH) for K-CCIS provides
four K-CCIS routes to coordinate
receiving common channel data from a
distant system or to coordinate
sending it to a distant system.
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
This 8-Port Switching HUB is an
1
1
Note 1
optional Ethernet interface that
supports eight internet ports. Each
port has two LEDs that indicate status
and activity. One port can be a source
port, and another port can be used to
mirror source and monitor data traffic.
One ETU can be installed in slots
S1~S8 in each cabinet. This ETU
cannot be installed in a KSU that
contains EliteMail VP and IVR or CTI
and IVR systems
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
For Megaco Station
3
14
configured for ESI
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 16
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-4 Maximum System Capacities for Application Interface ETUs (Continued)
Maximum Capacities
Application
Description
Notes
Interface ETUs
Basic Port
Expanded
Package
Port Package
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
For CCISoIP
6
22
Note 3
configured for
CCISoIP
PVA( )-U10 ETU as
For MEgaco Station
2
13
an IP Station
(MEGACO)MG16
PVA( )-U ETU as
For K-CCIS
2
11
K-CCIS IP with
PVA
Note 1:
Refer to the KSU Power-Based Calculator Chart .
Note 2:
A maximum of three BSU(4M)/(2S)/(6S) DECT Wireless ETUs can be installed.
Note 3:
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is assigned as a CCISoIP ETU and counts as 8 trunk ports when installed with the IP CCH
ETU application loaded.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 17
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 4
KSU POWER-BASED CALCULATOR CHART
The Card Calculator on the next page allows you to determine the maximum power
consumption for the Power supply in each cabinet under the following conditions:
H
Each basic cabinet can contain a maximum of 10 cards.
H
Each expansion cabinet can contain a maximum of nine cards.
H
The total point value cannot exceed 1000 points for +5V.
H
The total point value cannot exceed 1000 points for -24V.
To calculate the two values (+5V and -24V) for a card:
1.
Pick the card type in the chart below.
2.
Calculate the +5V total point value by multiplying the number of cards by
the +5V value in the chart.
3.
Calculate the -24V total point value by multiplying the number of cards by
the -24V value in the chart.
An example is shown below:
H
+5V
Five ESIB(8)-U10 ETUs multiplied by a table value of 21 is 105 points toward a
possible 1000 (895 points remaining).
H
-24V
Five ESIB(8)-U10 ETUs multiplied by a table value of 83 is 415 points toward a
possible 1000 (585 points remaining).
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 18
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-5 KSU Power-Based Calculator Chart
Power Consumption
Equivalent Total Power
Package Name
Number of
Point
ETUs
+5V
-24V
+5V
-24V
Common
CPUII( )-U10 ETU
200
0
CF ETU
7
0
EXP-U10 ETU
6
0
MOD-U10 Unit
25
0
Trunk
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
67
0
COI(4)-U10 ETU
48
5
COI(8)-U10 ETU
82
9
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
55
9
COIB(4)-U20 ETU
29
5
COIB(4)-U30 ETU
29
5
COIB(8)-U30 ETU
54
9
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
24
30
DTI-U10/20/30 ETU
84
0
DTI-U40 ETU
73
0
IAD(8) ETU
31
110
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
15
10
Station
CNF(16)-U20 ETU
17
52
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
21
83
ESIB(8)-U10 ETU
21
83
ESIB(8) plus ESIE(8)-U10 ETU
32
166
(16 Ports)
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
22
30
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
29
25
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
52
29
SLIB(4)-U( ) ETU
30
17
SLIE(4)-U( ) ETU
17
12
Voice Mail
CMS(2)-U10 ETU
62
54
CMS(4)-U10 ETU
62
54
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 19
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-5 KSU Power-Based Calculator Chart (Continued)
Power Consumption
Equivalent Total Power
Package Name
Number of
Point
ETUs
+5V
-24V
+5V
-24V
FMS(2)-U10 ETU
62
54
FMS(4)-U10 ETU
62
54
VMS(2)/(4)-U10 ETU
60
57
VMS(8)-U10 ETU
64
84
FMS(2)/(4)-U20 ETU
75
97
FMS(8)-U20 ETU
100
97
VMS(2)-U20 ETU
74
100
VMS(4)-U20 ETU
74
100
VMS(8)-U20 ETU
99
101
CMS(2)-U30 ETU
55
68
CMS(4)-U30 ETU
55
68
FMS(2)-U30 ETU
55
68
FMS(4)-U30 ETU
55
68
FMS(8)-U30 ETU
81
68
VMS(4)-U30 ETU
55
96
VMS(8)-U30 ETU
80
100
VMS(4)-U40 ETU
55
96
VMS(8)-U40 ETU
80
100
FMS(2)-U40 ETU
55
68
FMS(4)-U40 ETU
55
68
FMS(8)-U40 ETU
81
68
VP/CTI/IVR(8)-U10 ETU
155
193
VP/CTI/IVR(16)-U10 ETU
274
193
CTP( )-U10 ETU
120
288
Optional
BSU(4M)-U20 ETU
77
47
BSU(2S)-U20 ETU
35
26
BSU(6S)-U20 ETU
47
69
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
50
0
HUB-U10 ETU
250
0
VMP( )-U40 ETU
55
96
Total Points
XX
XXX
XXX
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 20
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
An example of KTS Configuration with a Basic and Expansion Cabinet using the
Calculator Chart is shown below.
SAMPLE CALCULATION USING KSU POWER-BASED CALCULATOR CHART
Package
Quantity
Total Power Consumption +5V
Total Power Consumption -24V
value from Chart
value from Chart
Basic Cabinet
CPUII( )-U10 ETU
1
200
0
ESIB/E(8)-U10 ETU
3
96
498
ESIB(8)-U10 ETU
1
21
83
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU
3
90
51
SLIE(4)-U( ) ETU
3
51
36
CTP(8)-U10 ETU
1
120
288
Totals
10
578
956
Expansion Cabinet
EXP-U10 ETU
1
6
0
DTI-U30 ETU
1
84
0
DTI-U40 ETU
1
73
0
CCH(4)-U10 ETU
1
50
0
ESIB/E(8)-U10 ETU
4
128
664
COIB(4)-U30 ETU
1
29
5
Totals
9
370
669
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 21
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 5
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
5.1
Cabling Requirements and Specifications
The KSU is connected with each Multiline Terminal and Single Line
Telephone by a separate twisted 1-pair cable or 2-pair cable (only for Multiline
Terminals). Refer to Figure 3-2 Connecting the ESI Using Twisted 2-Pair
Cable.
Refer to Table 3-6 Dterm Series i or Dterm IP Terminal Loop Resistance and
Cable Length.
Refer to Table 3-7 Electra Elite/Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal Loop
Resistance and Cable Length.
Refer to Table 3-8 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the
Single Line Equipment.
Refer to Table 3-9 Cabling Requirements.
Table 3-6 Dterm Series i or Dterm IP Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length
By Twisted
By Twisted
Maximum
Maximum
By Twisted
By Twisted
1-Pair
2-Pair
Loop
Loop
1-Pair
2-Pair
Cable
Cable
Terminal or
Resistance
Resistance
Cable (with
Cable (with
(without
(without
Adapter
(without AC
(with AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
Adapter)
Adapter)
Adapter)
Adapter)
Adapter)
Adapter)
(Ohms)
(Ohms)
24 AWG
24 AWG
24 AWG
24 AWG
DTH-8-1 TEL
37
700
1400
107
2000
2000
DTR-8-1 TEL
DTH-8D-1 TEL
DTR-8D-1 TEL
37
700
1400
107
2000
2000
ITH-8D-2/3 TEL
DTH-16-1 TEL
35
660
1320
107
2000
2000
DTR-16-1 TEL
DTH-16D-1 TEL
DTR-16D-1 TEL
35
660
1320
107
2000
2000
ITH-16D-2/3 TEL
DTH-32D-1 TEL
26
500
1000
107
2000
2000
DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTH-16LD-1 TEL
37
700
1400
107
2000
2000
DCR-60-1
--
--
--
107
2000
2000
Console,
, An AC Adapter is required.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 22
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-7 Electra Elite/Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal Loop
Resistance and Cable Length
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Feet by
Feet by
Loop
Terminal or Adapter
Twisted 1-Pair
Twisted 2-Pair
Resistance
Cable
Cable
(Ohms)
24 AWG
24 AWG
DTU-8-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTP-8-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
35
600
1000
DTP-8D-1 TEL
DTU-16-1 TEL
26
450
900
DTP-16-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
26
450
900
DTP-16D-1 TEL
DTP-16HC-1 TEL,
57
1083
DTU-32-1 TEL
21
360
720
DTP-32-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
21
360
720
DTP-32D-1 TEL
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTR-4D-1 TEL
37
700
1400
DTR-4R-1/2 TEL
N/A
650
1000
DTH-4R-1/2 TEL
N/A
650
1000
SLTII(1)-U10 ADP,,
35
600
1000
DP-D-1
20
410
820
,
An AC Adapter is required for the DTP-16HC-1 TEL.
,, The length for the specified SLTII(1)-U10 ADP is the length between the SLTII(1)-U10 ADP and
the ESI.
Twisted 2-Pair Cable
ESI
RJ11
Multiline Terminal
Figure 3-2 Connecting the ESI Using Twisted 2-Pair Cable
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 23
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-8 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port
and the Single Line Equipment
Maximum Distance or
Connected Equipment
Cable
Impedance Between
Equipment and Telephone
AD(A)-R/AD(A)-2R Unit
Twisted Pair
10 feet
ADA(2)-W Unit
Twisted Pair
10 feet
AP(A)-R or AP(R)-R Unit
Twisted Pair
50 feet
APA-U Unit or APR-U Unit
Twisted Pair
50 feet
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
Twisted Pair
1,600 ohms
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Twisted Pair
300 ohms
SLIB(4)/SLIE(4)-U10 ETU
Twisted Pair
300 ohms
SLTII(1)-U10 ADP
Twisted Pair
50 feet
Mixing digital and analog ports through the same 25-pair cable runs is not
recommended.
Table 3-9 Cabling Requirements
Connected Equipment
Cable
External Amplifier
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
Music on Hold and Background Music
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
Sources
Cat 5 Straight Data Network cable
ITH Cabling
100 meters maximum distance
5.2
Cabling Precautions
5.2.1
Cable Placement
When selecting cables and Main Distribution Frame (MDF), future
expansion or assignment changes should be considered. Avoid
running cables in the following places:
H
A place exposed to wind or rain.
H
A place near heat radiating equipment or where the quality of
station cable covering could be affected by gases and
chemicals.
H
An unstable place subject to vibration.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 24
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.2.2
Environmental Conditions
Temperature
H
Operating:
+32°F ~ +104°F (0°C ~ 40°C)
H
Long Term:
+50°F ~ +90°F (10°C ~ 32.2°C)
Humidity
H
Operating:
10% ~ 90% noncondensing
5.3
Power Requirements
5.3.1
Power Supply Inputs
AC input requirements for the system are listed below.
AC Input [P64-U( ) PSU]
H
117 Vac ± 10%
H
60 Hz ± 10%
H
Single Phase
H
7.5A circuit
H
A dedicated outlet, separately fused and grounded
5.3.2
POWER Supply Consumption
The power consumption for the Electra Elite IPK II system is listed in
Table 3-10 Power Consumption.
Table 3-10 Power Consumption
Maximum
Watts Used
Watts Used
KSU
RMS
(Idle)
(Maximum)
Current
Basic KSU B64-U20 KSU
2.5 A
120
230
Basic KSU + Expansion KSU
5.0 A
240
460
Basic KSU + 2 Expansion KSUs
7.5 A
360
690
When replacing fuses, refer to the specifications in Table 3-11 Fuse
Replacement.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 25
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-11 Fuse Replacement
Fuse
Unit
Specifications
Description
Dimensions
Number
P64-U( ) PSU
F1
125V, 6.0A
AC Input
1/4" x 1 1/4"
P64-U( ) PSU
F101
250V, 10A
Battery Input
1/4" x 1 1/4"
All fuses are normal blown glass tube.
Do not use slow blow fuses. Replace with a fuse of the
same type and rating.
5.4
Outside Line Types
The following outside lines can be used with the Electra Elite IPK II system:
J
2-wire, Loop Start or Ground Start Trunks
J
2-wire, 2-way DID Lines (Dial Pulse or DTMF)
J
4-wire, E&M Tie Lines (Type I or V, Dial Pulse, or DTMF)
J
Digital Trunk T1/FT1 (Loop Start, Ground Start, Tie Line (E&M), or DID
Signaling)
J
ISDN-BRI Trunks
J
ISDN-PRI Trunks
J
VoIP Trunks (Internet Protocols)
Refer to Table 1-1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite IPK II
System ETUs in the Regulatory Information section in this manual for a
detailed list of Facility Interface Codes, Ringer Equivalence Numbers, Service
Order Codes and Jack Types.
5.5
Transmission, Network, and Control Specifications
5.5.1
Transmission
H
Data Length:
From Multiline Terminal to ESI(8)-U( ) ETU: 23 bits
From ESI(8)-U( ) ETU to Multiline Terminal: 23 bits
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 26
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
H
Data Transmission Rates:
Between ESI(8)-U( ) ETU and Multiline Terminal: 184K bps
(voice and signaling)
H
Scanning Time for each Multiline Terminal: 32 ms.
5.5.2
Network
Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) allows transmission of a number of
separate data and voice simultaneously over one communications
medium. The information below indicates the specifications the
Electra Elite IPK II system uses for switching, clock, data bus,
timeframe:
H
TDM Switching:
PCM (µ Law)
H
TDM Clock:
2.048 MHz
H
TDM Data Bus:
8 bit
H
TDM Timeframe: 125 µs.
5.5.3
Control
This section indicates the speed or capacity:
H
Control: Stored program with distributed processing
H
Central Processor:
32-bit microprocessor
H
Clock:
25 MHz
H
Interface ETU:
8-bit or 16-bit microprocessor
H
Optional ETUs:
16- or 32-bit microprocessor
H
Multiline Terminal (TDM):
8-bit microprocessor
H
Multiline Terminal (IP):
32-bit microprocessor
H
IP Adapter:
32-bit microprocessor
H
Attendant Console:
4-bit microprocessor
H
SLT Adapter:
4-bit microprocessor
5.5.4
Electra Elite IPK Terminals and Equipment
The voltage, current, ring signal information for the Electra Elite IPK
Multiline Terminals, Single Line Telephone equipment, and AP(A)-R/
AP(R)-R Units are listed below:
H
Multiline Terminal
Voltage:
-11 ~ -26 Vdc
Maximum Current:
250 mA
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 27
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry
Association (EIA) standard proposal SP-1286 and
standard EIA RS-470.
H
Single Line Telephone
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
35 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
H
SLTII(1)-U( ) ADP
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
H
AP(A)-R Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
H
AP(R)-R Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
5.5.5
Series i Terminals
The voltage and current information for the Dterm Series i Multiline
Terminals are listed below:
H
Multiline Terminal (Series i)
Voltage:
-11 ~ -48 Vdc
Maximum Current:
250 mA
Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry
Association (EIA) standard proposal SP-1286 and
standard EIA RS-470.
H
Voltage, current, and ring signal information for Single Line
Telephone equipment, AP(A)-R Unit, and AP(R)-R Unit are the
same as those listed in the previous paragraph.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 28
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.6
Dialing Specifications
5.6.1
Dial Pulse Address Signaling
Dial Pulse address Signaling uses dial pulses (regular momentary
interruptions) to signal the equipment. In the Electra Elite IPK II
system, the following Dial Pulse specifications are used:
H
Pulse Rate:
10 ± 0.5 pps/20 ± 1.0 pps
H
Percent Break:
60 ± 1.5%
H
Interdigit Interval:
0 pps/20 pps 500 ms. ~ 800 ms.
5.6.2
Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) Address Signaling
DTMF signaling describes push button or Touchtone dialing. When a
key on a telephone is pushed, two tones (one high frequency and
one low frequency) are provided. In the Electra Elite IPK II system,
the following DTMF specifications are used:
H
Frequencies
Two sinusoidal frequencies are provided, one from the high
frequency group and one from the low frequency group.
H
Frequency Deviation: Less than ±1.0%
H
Signal Level:
Nominal level per frequency:
-6 ~ -4 dBm
Minimum level per frequency:
Low Group:
-10 dBm
High Group:
-8 dBm
Maximum level per frequency: 0 dBm
H
Rise Time: Within 5 ms.
H
Duration of Dual Frequency Signal:
110 ms. default/60 ms. minimum
H
Interdigital Time: 80 ms. default/70 ms. minimum
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 29
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Nominal High Group
Frequencies (Hz)
1209
1336
1477
697
1
2
3
Nominal Low Group
Frequencies (Hz)
770
4
5
6
852
7
8
9
941
,
0
#
5.7
Battery Backup
The Electra Elite IPK II system has battery backup functions for system
backup and for memory backup.
5.7.1
System Backup
During power failure, the system is backed up using a rechargeable
battery. This battery backup supports all of the system operations for
approximately 30 minutes.
5.7.2
Memory Backup
The CPUII( )-U10 ETU has a battery installed to provide backup of
system memory. When the battery is fully charged, system memory
(customer data) is retained for approximately 21 days.
5.8
Weights and Dimensions
Table 3-12 Weights and Dimensions indicates the shipping weight, height, width, and
depth of each Electra Elite IPK II KSU, ETU, Multiline Terminal, or adapter.
Table 3-12 Weights and Dimensions
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
22.5 oz
3.4"
4.2"
5.2"
ACA-U Unit
(638 g)
(86 mm)
(107 mm)
(133 mm)
4.0 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
AD(A)-R Unit
(113 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75 mm)
(137.5 mm)
4.0 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
AD(A)-2R Unit
(113 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75 mm)
(137.5 mm)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 30
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
5.6 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
AP(A)-R Unit
(158 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75 mm)
(137.5 mm)
5.6 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
AP(R)-R Unit
(158 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75 mm)
(137.5 mm)
460.8 oz
13.0"
14.0"
10.25"
B64-U20 KSU
(13063 g)
(328.7 mm)
(354 mm)
(259 mm)
14.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
BRT(4)-U10 ETU
(414 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
11.3 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
BRT(4)-U20 ETU
(320 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.8 oz
1.97"
8.27"
11,47"
BSU(4M)-U20 ETU
(419 g)
(50mm)
(210 mm)
(290 mm)
13.4 oz
1.97"
8.27"
11,47"
BSU(2S)-U20 ETU
(381 g)
(50mm)
(210 mm)
(290 mm)
15 oz
1.97"
8.27"
11,47"
BSU(6S)-U20 ETU
(423 g)
(50mm)
(210 mm)
(290 mm)
12.0 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
(340 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
102.4 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
102.4 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
CMS/FMS/VMS-U30 ( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
12.0 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
(340 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
12.3 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
CNF(16)-U20 ETU
(349 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
(385 g
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
16.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
(471 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
(408 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
16.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
(471 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
(408 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
16.6 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
(471 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
CPUII( )-U10 ETU
(380 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 31
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
4.0 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
CT(A)-R Unit
(113 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75 mm)
(137.5 mm)
4.3 oz
2.4"
2.3"
4.8"
CTA-U Unit
(122 g)
(60 mm)
(59 mm)
(121 mm)
192 oz 2
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
(5443 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
20 oz 4
.8"
7.5"
7.5"
CTP-U10 ETU
(580 g)
(20 mm)
(190 mm)
(190 mm)
9.5 oz
2.4"
4.3"
4.4"
CTU(C)-U Unit
(270 g)
(60 mm)
(110 mm)
(112 mm)
9.5 oz
2.4"
4.3"
4.4"
CTU(S)-U Unit
(270 g)
(60 mm)
(110 mm)
(112 mm)
8.4 oz
2.25"
2.75"
5.5"
CT(U)-R Unit
(239 g)
(56.25 mm)
(68.75 mm)
(137 mm)
53 oz
4.2"
12.8"
7.14"
DCR-60-1 Console
(1503 g)
(107 mm)
(326 mm)
(182 mm)
15.5 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
(439 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
8.4 oz
1.5"
5.5"
4.6"
DP-D-1A Doorphone
(238 g)
(38 mm)
(140 mm)
(121 mm)
DTH-16D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-16D-1 TEL
(1233 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
DTH-8-1 TEL
41.0 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-8-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
DTH-8D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-8D-1 TEL
(1233 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
DTH-32D-1 TEL
48 oz
4.78"
10.2"
9.8"
DTR-32D-1 TEL
(1361 g)
(122 mm)
(260 mm)
(250 mm)
13.2 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
DTI-U( ) ETU
(374 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
5.99 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
DTI-U40 ETU
(170 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
DTP-1-1 TEL
DTP-1-2 TEL
26.8 oz
2.36"
6.22"
8.81"
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
(760 g)
(60 mm)
(158 mm)
(224 mm)
DTP-1HM-2 TEL
DTU-16-1 TEL
41 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTP-16-1 TEL
(1162 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
DTU-16D-2 TEL
43.5 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTP-16D-1 TEL
(1233 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 32
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
53 oz
6.00"
9.08"
8.04"
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
(1503 g)
(152 mm)
(230 mm)
(204 mm)
41 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm
(235 mm)
DTU-32-1 TEL
46 oz
4.8"
8.7"
9.3"
DTP-32-1 TEL
(1304 g)
(123 mm)
(220 mm)
(235 mm)
DTU-32D-2 TEL
48 oz
4.8"
8.7"
9.3"
DTP-32D-1 TEL
(1361 g)
(123 mm)
(220 mm)
(235 mm)
DTU-8-1 TEL
41.0 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTP-8-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
DTU-8D-2 TEL
43.5 oz
4.8"
7.8"
9.3"
DTP-8D-1 TEL
(1233 g)
(123 mm)
(197 mm)
(235 mm)
DTR-1-1 TEL
26.8 oz
2.47"
7.65"
9.54"
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
(760 g)
(100 mm)
(195 mm)
(243 mm)
14.4oz
4.5"
6.1"
8.62"
DTR-1R-1 TEL
(408 g)
(114 mm)
(153 mm)
(218 mm)
41 oz
2.47"
7.65"
9.54"
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
(1163 g)
(100 mm)
(195 mm)
(243 mm)
44 oz
5.98"
8.54"
9.65"
DTR-4D-1 TEL
(1250 g)
(152 g)
(217 g)
(245 mm)
15.4 oz
2.25"
4.25"
7.5"
DTR-4R-1 TEL
(437 g)
(57 mm)
(108 mm)
(191 mm)
15.4 oz
2.25"
4.25"
7.5"
DTU-4R-1 TEL
(437 g)
(57 mm)
(108 mm)
(191 mm)
27 oz
4.33"
10.24"
7.09"
D16(LD)-R ADM
(770 g)
(110 mm)
(260 mm)
(180 mm)
14.5 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
(411 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
11.1 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
ESIB(8)-U( ) ETU
(315 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
9.9 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU
(280 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.6 oz
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
EXP-U( ) ETU
(414 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
102.4 oz 2
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
9.9 oz
2.9'
4.2'
5.6'
HF-R Unit
(280 g)
(74 mm)
(106 mm)
(141 mm)
10.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
HUB(8)-U( )ETU
(294 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 33
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Shipping
Unit
Height
Width
Depth
Weight*
8.11 oz
7.5"
6.3"
0.87"
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
(230 g)
(190 mm)
(160 mm)
(22 mm)
50.92 oz
9.84"
10.31"
4.76"
ITH-8D-2/3 TEL
(1445 g)
(250 mm)
(262 mm)
(121 mm)
50.92 oz
9.84"
10.31"
4.76"
ITH-16D-2/3 TEL
(1445 g)
(250 mm)
(262 mm)
(121 mm)
IVR Application
14.6 oz
1.75"
10.5"
8.62'
VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU with IVR
(414 g)
(44 mm)
(266 mm)
(219 mm)
HDD
13.4 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
(380 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.2 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
(374 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
320 0z
20"
15'
8.5'
RAK-U( ) Unit
(9072 g)
(507 mm)
(380 mm)
(216 mm)
13.0 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
(370 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
14.1 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
(400 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
13.0 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU
(370 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
10.7 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
SLIE(4)-U10 ETU
(303 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
9 oz.
1.8"
2.8"
4.8"
SLTII(1)-U10 ADP
(255 g)
(45 mm)
(70 mm)
(120 mm)
13.8 oz
1.97"
9.45"
7.68"
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
(391 g)
(50 mm)
(240 mm)
(195 mm)
102.4 oz 2
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
102.4 oz 2
1.89"
11.47"
8.46"
VMP(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
(2903 g)
(48 mm)
(290 mm)
(214 mm)
1 Shipping weight includes the shipping carton.
2 Shipping weight includes the shipping carton and documentation.
3 Includes cable for connection of two KSUs.
4 Drive is shipped separately.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 34
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.9
External Equipment Interface
Input signal levels, impedance, contact ratings, and connector types are listed
for externally connected equipment.
5.9.1
Music on Hold/Station Background Music
H
Auxiliary Input:
0.6V PPS Signal Level
H
Input Impedance:
600
5.9.2
Music for Station BGM using Analog CO Trunk ETU (COI, COIB, or
COID)
H
Auxiliary input:
0.6 V PPS Signal Level
H
Input Impedance:
600
5.9.3
External Paging (Audio)
H
Output Power:
-10 dBm Signal Level
H
Output Impedance:
600
H
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
5.9.4
External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Output
H
Output Power:
-10 dBm
H
Output Impedance:
600
H
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
5.9.5
SMDR Output
H
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard DB-9 (straight)
5.9.6
PC Connection
H
Female Connector (System Input/Output):
Standard DB-9 (straight)
5.9.7
ACD/MIS Connector
H
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard DB-9 (straight)
5.9.8
Relay Contact
H
All Relay Contact Ratings:
500 mA, 24 Vdc
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 35
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.10
Audible and Visual Indications
The tables in this section provide the audible and visual indications used in the
Electra Elite IPK II systems.
5.10.1
Tone Patterns
Tones are used in the Electra Elite IPK II systems to inform the
station user of various system functions such as, dial tone, busy
tone, or ringback tone. Table 3-13 Tone Patterns lists the frequency
and the pattern for these tones.
5.10.2
LED Flash Patterns
The Electra Elite IPK II system has 2-color LEDs. Green is used
primarily for I-Use conditions and for outside calls. Red is used
primarily for Other Use conditions and internal calls. Refer to Table 3-
14 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Patterns.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 36
System Specifications
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-13 Tone Patterns
Frequency
System Tone
Intermit
(Hz)
Cycle
(Fixed)
(Default)
(Fixed)
0.5 sec
Busy Tone
480/620
60 IPM
0.5 sec
0.5 sec
Call Waiting Tone
440
60 IPM
0.5 sec
0.25 sec
Second Dial Tone
350/440
120 IPM
0.25 sec
2400 Modulation
Howler Tone
Continuous
(16 Hz)
Internal Dial Tone
350/440
Continuous
1 sec On
1 sec
Internal Ringback Tone
440/480
2 sec Off
2 sec
LCR Dial Tone
440
Continuous
0.25 sec
Reorder Tone
480/620
120 IPM
0.25 sec
Service Set Tone
440
Continuous
0.125 sec
Special Dial Tone
440
240 IPM
0.125 sec
1 sec
Tone Burst 1 Tone
440
Continuous
1 sec
Tone Burst 2 Tone
620
Continuous
2 sec On
Tie/DID Ringback Tone
440/480
2 sec
4 sec Off
4 sec
Camp-On Tone
0.7 sec
Call Alert Notification
440
Continuous
Attendant Tone Override
DIT Alert Tone
480/620
Continuous
0.5 sec
Call Forward Alert Tone
Call Forward
350/440
120 IPM
0.25 sec ON x 2~3 bursts
Configuration Tone
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
3 - 37
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3-14 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Patterns
LED
Condition
Color
Flash Patterns
I-Use
Green
Busy
Red
Incoming Call
Red
I-Hold
Green
Line Key
Call Hold
Red
Hold Recall
Green
Transfer Recall
Green
Live Monitoring Mode
Green
Message Waiting on Line Key
Red
Microphone
ON
Red
I ON (Series i)
Red
I-Use
Red
ICM
ICM Incoming Call
Red
Voice Over Broker
Red
Incoming Internal Call
Red
Incoming Outside Call
Green
Large LED
Message from Attendant
Green
Voice Mail Message
Red
E ON
Red
System Data Entry
Red
D Conference in Progress/Barge In Red
All Conference Circuits Used
Red
Hold Conference Call
Red
ICM Call Hold
Red
SPD Confirmation
Red
F Incoming Trunk
Red
Exclusive Hold
Green
User Ringing Line Preference
Red
Voice Over with Broker's Call
Green
A Callback Set
Red
Auto Repeat Set
Red
ON (to set function)
Red
Call FWD - All Calls Set
Red
Use, Hold
Red
BLF or
DND, Call FWD-All Calls Set
A Red
DSS Key
Special Mode (while pressing
Red
or going off-line)
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0 sec.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 38
System Specifications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Section 1
General Information ....................................................................................... 4-1
Section 2
Programming Stations ................................................................................... 4-1
Section 3
Attendant Stations ......................................................................................... 4-1
Section 4
Programming from a PC ................................................................................ 4-1
Section 5
Programming from a Multiline Terminal ...................................................... 4-2
Section 6
Electra Elite IPK II Remote PC Programming .............................................. 4-2
6.1
Remote Programming ................................................................................. 4-2
Section 7
Determining Required Equipment ................................................................ 4-2
7.1
Station Equipment ....................................................................................... 4-3
7.2
Interface ETUs ............................................................................................ 4-4
7.2.1
Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers ................................................ 4-5
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
i
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
ii
Table of Contents
List of Figures and Tables
Chapter 4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 4-1
Interface Slot and System Port Numbers for an Electra Elite IPK II System .............. 4-4
Figure 4-2
Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example ............................................................ 4-5
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
iii
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
iv
List of Figures and Tables
Hardware Requirements
Chapter 4
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
The technician should be familiar with the Electra Elite IPK II system before trying to
install it. Review this chapter carefully.
SEC
TION 2
PROGRAMMING STATIONS
Any multiline station can be a programming station in the Electra Elite IPK II system.
Station equipment connected to any port of an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU can be a
programming position, but requires a display multiline terminal.
SEC
TION 3
ATTENDANT STATIONS
Any display Multiline Terminal can be programmed as an Attendant position in the
Electra Elite IPK II system. An Attendant Position can have up to four DCR-60-1( )
Consoles attached. Each Attendant Console must be supported by an ESI(8)-U( )
ETU. A maximum of four Attendant Consoles can be installed in each Electra Elite
IPK II system.
SEC
TION 4
PROGRAMMING FROM A PC
Electra Elite IPK II systems can be programmed using a personal computer. The
available Graphical User Interface allows the technician/end-user easy access to all
information that can be programmed on the Electra Elite IPK II system. The PC must
be a Pentium III 600 MHz or higher PC and have a Windows operating system
compatible with the PC Programming (PCPro) application.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
4 - 1
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 5
PROGRAMMING FROM A MULTILINE TERMINAL
Programming can be accomplished using Multiline Terminals equipped with an LCD.
Programming should be used after the system is installed and initial assignments are
made. Using the Multiline Terminal is a quick way to access system data and make
changes. To program from a Multiline Terminal one of the following terminals is
required.
( DTH-8D-1( ) TEL
( DTU-8D-2 TEL
( DTH-16D-1( ) TEL
( DTP-16D-1 TEL
( DTH-16LD-1( ) TEL
( DTU-16D-2 TEL
( DTH-32D-1( ) TEL
( DTP-32D-1 TEL
( DTR-8D-1( ) TEL
( DTU-32D-2 TEL
( DTR-16D-1( ) TEL
( ITH-8D-2 TEL
( DTR-32D-1( ) TEL
( ITH-16D-2 TEL
( DTP-8D-1 TEL
SEC
TION 6
ELECTRA ELITE IPK II REMOTE PC PROGRAMMING
The Electra Elite IPK II system can be programmed from a remote location using a
personal computer.
6.1
Remote Programming
To provide remote programming the following hardware is required:
J
Internal Modem
MDM-U-20 ETU installed on the CPUII( )-U10 ETU
Available Trunk in the system
J
LAN Programming
CPUII( )-U10 ETU
Available Network
SEC
TION 7
DETERMINING REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
To determine equipment type and quantity to be installed, the technician must be
familiar with available station equipment and interface ETUs.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 2
Hardware Requirements
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.1
Station Equipment
The station equipment that can be installed with the Electra Elite IPK II system
is listed below.
Equipment
Description
DCR-60-1 CONSOLE
Attendant Console with 60 programmable line
keys
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
2-line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
DTU-8-1 TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD
DTP-8-1 TEL
DTH-8-1 TEL
DTR-8-1 TEL
DTP-8D-1 TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and
DTH-8D-1 TEL
softkeys
DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
ITH-8D-2 TEL
DTP-16-1 TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD
DTU-16-1 TEL
DTH-16-1 TEL
DTP-16D-1 TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and
DTH-16D-1 TEL
softkeys
DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
ITH-16D-2 TEL
DTH-16LD-1 TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal with three
LCDs (one for telephone information and two
areas for recording line key information)
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD,
softkeys and a cordless handset
DTP-32-1 TEL
32-line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD
DTU-32-1 TEL
DTP-32D-1 TEL
32-line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and
DTH-32D-1 TEL
softkeys
DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
DTR-1-1 TEL
Single Line Telephone with Message Waiting
Indicator and data port
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
4 - 3
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Equipment
Description
DTR-1(HM)-1 TEL
Single Line Telephone with Message Waiting
Indicator and data port, eight programmable
speed dial buttons, and Hold and Monitor keys
DTR-1R-1 TEL
Dterm Multiline Cordless Telephone without
LCD
DTR-4R-1/2 TEL
Dterm Multiline Cordless Telephone with LCD
DTH-4R-1/2TEL
Dterm Multiline Cordless Telephone with LCD
SLTII(1)-U10 ADP
Single Line Telephone interface Adapter
7.2
Interface ETUs
The slots in the Electra Elite IPK II KSU are flexible except for the CPU/EXP
and AP slots in the first cabinet. The CPU/EXP slot is reserved for the
CPUII( )-U10 ETU, and the AP slot is not used in the Electra Elite IPK II KSU.
Figure 4-1 Interface Slot and System Port Numbers for an Electra Elite IPK II
System shows the slot and port numbers.
Basic and Expansion KSUs for CPUII( )-U10 ETU
EXP
272
288
314
330
346
352
368
384
Not
(KSU2)
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
Used
257
273
289
315
331
347
353
369
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
EXP
144
160
176
192
208
224
240
256
Not
(KSU1)
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
Used
129
145
161
177
193
209
225
240
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
16
32
48
64
80
96
112
128
(BASIC
Not
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
KSU)
Used
1
17
33
49
65
81
97
113
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Figure 4-1 Interface Slot and System Port Numbers for an Electra Elite IPK II System
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 4
Hardware Requirements
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.2.1
Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers
Telephone and CO Ports numbers are provided with the Electra Elite
IPK II system to count the station numbers and trunk numbers when
programming System Data. The example below indicates how the
CO and trunk numbers can be used.
The following ETUs are installed for the Figure 4-2 Telephone and
CO Port Numbering Example.
Slot
ETU
S1
DTI-U( ) (All 24 channels count against the
system maximum capacity, even when only 8
or 16 are used).
S2
ESIB(8)-U( ) ETU with ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU
S3
TLI(2)-U( )
S4
COI(8)-U( )
S5
SLI(8)-U( )
S6
DID(4)-U( )
S7
ESIB(8)-U( ) ETU
S8
Open
Trunk
Trunk
Telephone
Trunk
Telephone
Trunk
Telephone
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Ports
Open
25 ~ 28
1 ~ 24
1 ~ 16
29 ~ 36
17 ~ 24
37~40
25~32
(See Note)
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
The TLI(2)-U( ) ETU has two E&M Tie lines, however, four of the system Trunk ports
are used.
Figure 4-2 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
4 - 5
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 6
Hardware Requirements
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Section 1
General Information ....................................................................................... 5-1
Section 2
Site Preparation and MDF/IDF Construction ............................................... 5-1
2.1
Precautionary Information .......................................................................... 5-1
2.2
Surveying the Customer Site ...................................................................... 5-1
2.3
Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation ..................................... 5-2
2.3.1
Selecting the KSU Installation Site ................................................................ 5-2
2.3.2
Selecting a Permanent MDF Location ........................................................... 5-2
2.3.3
Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones ............................................... 5-3
2.4
Constructing the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) ........................................ 5-3
2.5
Power Failure Transfer ................................................................................ 5-8
2.6
Fax CO Branch Connection ........................................................................ 5-9
Section 3
Installing Basic and Expansion KSUs .......................................................... 5-9
3.1
General Information .................................................................................. 5-10
3.1.1
Basic KSU ................................................................................................... 5-10
3.1.2
Expansion KSUs .......................................................................................... 5-10
3.2
Removing the KSU Cover ......................................................................... 5-10
3.3
Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap ................................................... 5-11
3.4
Wall Mounting the Basic KSU ................................................................... 5-12
3.5
Wall Mounting the Expansion KSU ........................................................... 5-15
3.6
Rack Mounting the Basic KSU .................................................................. 5-16
3.7
Rack Mounting the Expansion KSU .......................................................... 5-18
3.8
Floor Mounting the Basic KSU .................................................................. 5-19
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
i
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
3.9
Cable Routing ........................................................................................... 5-20
3.9.1
Connecting the Battery Expansion Cables on the KSU ............................... 5-20
3.9.2
Grounding Requirements ............................................................................ 5-21
3.10
Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU ........................................... 5-23
3.10.1
Connecting the Power Supply Unit to the Basic KSU .................................. 5-23
3.10.2
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the Expansion KSU .................... 5-25
3.10.3
Fuse Replacement .................................................................................... 5-26
3.11
Installing Built-In and External Batteries in the KSU ................................ 5-27
3.11.1
Built-In Battery Installation ........................................................................... 5-27
3.11.2
External Battery Installation ......................................................................... 5-29
3.11.2.1
Basic KSU ................................................................................ 5-29
3.11.2.2
Expansion KSU ........................................................................ 5-32
___________________________________________________________________________________
ii
Table of Contents
List of Figures and Tables
Chapter 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 5-1
Typical Full MDF Layout ............................................................................................. 5-4
Table 5-1
MDF Cable Connections ............................................................................................ 5-5
Figure 5-2
Power Failure Transfer Connections .......................................................................... 5-8
Figure 5-3
Fax CO Branch Connection ....................................................................................... 5-9
Figure 5-4
Removing the Front Panel of the KSU ..................................................................... 5-11
Figure 5-5
Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure Amphenol Cables ......................................... 5-11
Figure 5-6
Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure Three Amphenol Cables .............................. 5-12
Figure 5-7
Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket ............................................................................ 5-12
Figure 5-8
Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer ........................................................ 5-13
Figure 5-9
Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket ....................................................................5-13
Figure 5-10
Securing the Basic KSU to the Wall ......................................................................... 5-14
Figure 5-11
Attaching the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket to the Basic Wall Mount Bracket ...... 5-15
Figure 5-12
RAK-U( ) Unit and KSU ............................................................................................ 5-16
Figure 5-13
Hanging the KSU on the Bracket ............................................................................. 5-17
Figure 5-14
Securing the KSU to the RAK-U( ) Unit ....................................................................5-17
Figure 5-15
Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs ..................................................................... 5-18
Figure 5-16
Floor Mounting the Basic KSU ................................................................................. 5-19
Figure 5-17
Securing the KSU to the Floor Mounting Bracket .....................................................5-19
Figure 5-18
Connecting DC Expansion Cables ........................................................................... 5-20
Figure 5-19
Attaching the Frame Ground Plate ........................................................................... 5-21
Figure 5-20
KSU Grounding ........................................................................................................ 5-22
Figure 5-21
Connecting Wires to the PSU ...................................................................................5-23
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
iii
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
Figure 5-22
Mounting the PSU onto the KSU .............................................................................. 5-24
Figure 5-23
Connecting the PSU Power Cable to the Basic KSU ............................................... 5-24
Figure 5-24
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the Expansion KSU ................................ 5-25
Figure 5-25
Removing the PSU from the KSU ............................................................................ 5-26
Figure 5-26
PSU Fuse Replacement ........................................................................................... 5-27
Figure 5-27
Connecting Built-In Batteries .................................................................................... 5-27
Figure 5-28
Placing the Batteries into the KSU ........................................................................... 5-28
Figure 5-29
Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit ................................................. 5-28
Figure 5-30
Connecting Cables for External Batteries in the Basic KSU .................................... 5-29
Figure 5-31
Connecting the External Battery to the Basic KSU .................................................. 5-30
Figure 5-32
Threading the Cables through the Clamps on the Basic KSU ................................. 5-31
Figure 5-33
Removing the Knockout on the Cover of the Basic KSU ......................................... 5-31
Figure 5-34
Leading the Battery Cables out of the Basic KSU .................................................... 5-32
Figure 5-35
External Battery Cable Installation ........................................................................... 5-33
Figure 5-36
Threading the Cables through the Clamps on the Basic and Expansion KSUs ....... 5-34
Figure 5-37
Removing the Knockouts on the Covers of Basic and Expansion KSUs ................. 5-35
Figure 5-38
Leading the Battery Cables out of the Basic and Expansion KSUs ......................... 5-36
___________________________________________________________________________________
iv
List of Figures and Tables
Installing KSUs
Chapter 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
This chapter contains information to help the technician install the KSUs for the
Electra Elite IPK II system. The technician should be familiar with this section before
installing any equipment.
SEC
TION 2
SITE PREPARATION AND MDF/IDF CONSTRUCTION
Preinstallation planning is essential. Advanced planning minimizes installation time,
cost, and disruption of the customer business activities.
2.1
Precautionary Information
Observe the following warnings during installation.
1.
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
2.
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is
specifically designed for wet locations.
3.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the
telephone line is disconnected at the network interface.
4.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
2.2
Surveying the Customer Site
In most cases, a survey of the customer site is necessary to determine the
proper placement of the Main Distribution Frame (MDF), the exact dimensions
of the area selected for the MDF, cabling requirements, and possible
Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) locations.
The information obtained at the customer site can permit the installer to
partially assemble the MDF before installation at the customer premise. This
can reduce the time spent installing at the customer site and reduce
downtime.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 1
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation
2.3.1
Selecting the KSU Installation Site
When selecting an installation site for the KSU, consider the
following conditions to ensure proper installation.
r
KSUs are normally wall mounted to protect against accident or
flooding.
r
The KSU should not be located directly beneath pipes. Leaks
or condensation could damage the Electra Elite IPK II system
equipment.
r
The area where the KSU is located must be free of corrosive
and inflammable gases, excessive chemical or industrial dusts,
and other materials that could cause a hazard to personnel or
to the proper functioning of the equipment.
r
The operating ambient temperature and humidity must be
within the limits specified in 5.2.2 Environmental Conditions in
Chapter 3 System Specifications.
r
The operation of the system is virtually noiseless and allows
wide selection of installation sites. Take care to ensure the
KSUs do not present a hazard to office traffic. To minimize
cabling costs, a centralized location must be chosen.
r
Locate the KSU at a site where a dedicated AC power source
can be easily accessed.
r
Connect the KSU to a dedicated AC receptacle that is not
being used for any other device such as a computer, copier, or
facsimile machine.
2.3.2
Selecting a Permanent MDF Location
When selecting a permanent site for the MDF, the technician may
encounter some of the following conditions.
r
Limited space is available but must be used.
r
The available space may pose one or more environmental
hazards.
r
The proposed location has limitations such as insufficient
lighting or the lack of a suitable ground for the KSUs.
r
The technician that encounters these conditions must provide
the best possible solution for installing the equipment. This
document cannot cover all possible situations, precautions,
and actions.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 2
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.3.3
Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones
When a site is being selected for telephone installation, consider the
following conditions to ensure proper installation.
r
Ensure that the cable length and line resistance (loop),
between the KSU and the telephones, comply with the
specifications listed in Table 3-6 Dterm Series i or Dterm IP
Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length on page 3-22 and
Table 3-7 Electra Elite/Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal Loop
Resistance and Cable Length on page 3-23.
r
Select a place where devices that require an external power
supply can be easily connected to an AC outlet.
2.4
Constructing the Main Distribution Frame (MDF)
The Main Distribution Frame (MDF) has two different standard quick-connect
terminal blocks that are mounted on a 3/4" plywood backboard. Mounting
these blocks on standoffs for ease of access is recommended. The
recommended blocks are 66B50 for termination of the MDF Cable Assembly
and 66M50 for termination of the station cables.
The Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) requires the 66M50 blocks only.
Both the MDF and the IDF use standard bridging clips for each terminal block.
The bridging clips mate the left half of the terminal block (terminated cable
run) to the right half of the terminal block (crossconnection wire) to the
terminal block (crossconnection wire). The bridging clips are also useful during
troubleshooting to help isolate the cable runs and terminals/telephones from
the central equipment and the Central Office Network from the system. Refer
to Figure 5-1 Typical Full MDF Layout.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 3
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
66B50
66M50
Telco
Type
Type
RJ21X
4 Feet
3 Feet
Figure 5-1 Typical Full MDF Layout
The Electra Elite IPK II KSU is connected to each of the Multiline Terminals,
Single Line Telephones, optional equipment, CO/PBX, DID, ISDN, 4-wire
E&M Tie lines (Types I and V), and FT1 digital trunks by separate twisted-pair
cable through the MDF. The 4-wire E&M Tie lines, FT1 lines, and ISDN lines
require multiple twisted-pair cabling. Table 5-1 MDF Cable Connections
provides the necessary cabling information.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 4
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 5-1 MDF Cable Connections
MDF
Station
COI/
COI/
Running
SLI
SLI
DTI/
Pin
Cable
ESI
OPX
COIB/
COIB/
DID
TLI
BRT
Cable
(8)
(4)
PRT
N0.
DTH
(8)
(4)
First ETU
26
WHBL
GN
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
TA
TA-1
1
BLWH
RD
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
--
TB
TB-1
27
WHOR
GN
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
RA
RA-1
2
ORWH
RD
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
RB
RB-1
28
WHGN
GN
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T-1
--
TA-2
3
GNWH
RD
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R-1
--
TB-2
29
WHBR
GN
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T1-1
--
RA-2
4
BRWH
RD
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R1-1
--
RB-2
30
WHSL
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
GND
--
TA-3
5
SLWH
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
--
--
TB-3
31
RD--BL
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
E-2
--
RA-3
6
BLRD
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
M-2
--
RB-3
32
RD-OR
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
T-2
--
TA-4
7
ORRD
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
R-2
--
TB-4
33
RDGN
GN
T
T
--
--
T
Fax
--
T1-2
--
RA-4
Brnch
8
GNRD
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
R1-2
--
RB-4
Second ETU
34
RDBR
GN
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
TA
TA-1
9
BRRD
RD
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
--
TB
TB-1
35
RDSL
GN
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
RA
RA-1
10
SLRD
RD
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
RB
RB-1
36
BKBL
GN
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T-1
--
TA-2
11
BLBK
RD
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R-1
--
TB-2
37
BKOR
GN
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T1-1
--
RA-2
12
ORBK
RD
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R1-1
--
RB-2
38
BKGN
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
GND
--
TA-3
13
GNBK
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
--
--
TB-3
39
BKBR
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
E-2
--
RA-3
14
BRBK
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
M-2
--
RB-3
40
BKSL
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
T-2
--
TA-4
15
SLBK
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
R-2
--
TB-4
41
YLBL
GN
T
T
--
--
T
Fax
--
T1-2
--
RA-4
Brnch
16
BLYL
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
R1-2
--
RB-4
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 5
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 5-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
MDF
Station
COI/
COI/
Running
SLI
SLI
DTI/
Pin
Cable
ESI
OPX
COIB/
COIB/
DID
TLI
BRT
Cable
(8)
(4)
PRT
N0.
DTH
(8)
(4)
Third ETU
42
YLOR
GN
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
TA
TA-1
17
ORYL
RD
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
--
TB
TB-1
43
YLGN
GN
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
RA
RA-1
18
GNYL
RD
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
RB
RB-1
44
YLBR
GN
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T-1
--
TA-2
19
BRYL
RD
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R-1
--
TB-2
45
YLSL
GN
T
T
T
--
T
T
T
T1-1
--
RA-2
20
SLYL
RD
R
R
R
--
R
R
R
R1-1
--
RB-2
46
VIBL
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
GND
--
TA-3
21
BLVI
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
--
--
TB-3
47
VIOR
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
E-2
--
RA-3
22
ORVI
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
M-2
--
RB-3
48
VIGN
GN
T
T
--
--
T
--
--
T-2
--
TA-4
23
GNVI
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
--
R-2
--
TB-4
49
VIBR
GN
T
T
--
--
T
Fax
--
T1-2
--
RA-4
Branch
24
BRVI
RD
R
R
--
--
R
--
R1-2
--
RB-4
50
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
25
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
PFT circuits are only connected to AMP3.
AMP1 is connected to S1, S2, and S3.
AMP2 is connected to S4, S5, and S6.
AMP3 is connected to S7 and S8.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 6
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
MDF Pin
PFT Connection
Number
42
PFT1 CO (Tip)
17
PFT1 CO (Ring)
43
PFT1 SLI (Tip)
18
PFT1 SLI (Ring)
44
PFT1 SLT (Tip)
19
PFT1 SLT (Ring)
45
PFT2 CO (Tip)
20
PFT2 CO (Ring)
Power Failure Transfer
46
PFT2 SLI (Tip)
Relay 1
21
PFT2 SLI (Ring)
(Amp 3 Connections Only)
47
PFT2 SLT (Tip)
22
PFT2 SLT (Ring)
48
PFT3 CO (Tip)
23
PFT3 CO (Ring)
49
PFT3 SLI (Tip)
24
PFT3 SLI (Ring)
50
PFT3 SLT (Tip)
25
PFT3 SLT (Ring)
PFT circuits are only connected to AMP3.
AMP1 is connected to S1, S2, and S3.
AMP2 is connected to S4, S5, and S6.
AMP3 is connected to S7 and S8.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 7
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.5
Power Failure Transfer
The Power Failure Transfer relay is located in the KSU. When selecting a
Single Line Telephone for power failure transfer, make sure it matches the CO
line dialing type (10 pps, 20 pps, or DTMF) where it is connected. A Single
Line Telephone with a ground button must be used with Ground Start Trunks.
Figure 5-2 Power Failure Transfer Connections is a relay diagram. The relay is
shown with the power ON.
There are three PFT Circuits for each B64-U( ) KTU.
T
E
M
Tip
C
L
D
O
C
F
I
Relay 1
Ring
O
M
S
Tip
D
L
F
I
SLT
Ring
Figure 5-2 Power Failure Transfer Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 8
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.6
Fax CO Branch Connection
This connection is made via the fourth port on any four port analog ETU (COI,
COIB, or COID). Refer to Figure 5-3 Fax CO Branch Connection. The
facsimile machine is connected to the eighth port for the specified slot where
the Analog CO ETU is installed.
Demark
T1
T
R1
R
T2
T
R2
R
CO
T3
T
R3
R
T4
T
R4
R
T8
R8
FAX
RJ-11
Figure 5-3 Fax CO Branch Connection
SEC
TION 3
INSTALLING BASIC AND EXPANSION KSUS
The compact design of the Electra Elite IPK II KSU provides easy installation. The
KSUs can be floor mounted or rack mounted. Only the Basic KSU can be floor
mounted. The floor mounting option is for demonstration purposes only. The
information in this section provides detailed instructions for installing the KSU.
Before installing the system; observe the following precautions.
( Before beginning installation, ensure that the Power Supply Unit (PSU) is OFF
and that the power cord is disconnected from the AC outlet.
( Do not touch the soldered surfaces of the ETUs.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 9
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.1
General Information
3.1.1
Basic KSU
The B64-U20 KSU provides service for outside lines, Attendant
Consoles, and interconnection of the station terminals. The B64-U20
KSU has two fixed and eight flexible slots. The first fixed slot is
reserved for the CPUII( )-U10 in the basic KSU or for the EXP-U( )
ETU in expansion KSUs. The second fixed slot is not used in the
Electra Elite IPK II KSU. The P64-U10 PSU (power supply unit),
backup batteries, and three PFT relays are included with each KSU.
3.1.2
Expansion KSUs
The B64-U20 KSU is also used as the expansion unit that can be
attached to the basic KSU to provide additional ports. Two expansion
units can be added to the Electra Elite IPK II system. Each
expansion KSU provides eight flexible slots and accommodates
8-, 16-, or 24-channel interface cards. The P64-U10 PSU (power
supply unit), backup batteries, and three PFT relays are included
with each KSU.
The installation instructions provided in this chapter apply to the
basic B64-U20 KSU and the expansion B64-U20 KSUs unless
otherwise specified.
3.2
Removing the KSU Cover
To access the battery, cables, and ETU slots, the front cover must be
removed.
1.
Loosen the screw that is located near the ON/OFF switch, on the right
side of the KSU. Do not remove the screw from the unit.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 10
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.
To remove the front panel, slide it to the right and pull.
Figure 5-4 Removing the Front Panel of the KSU
3.3
Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap
Amphenol cables attached to the side of the KSU can be secured using the
provided velcro strap. When wall mounting, this should be done prior to
attaching the KSU to the wall mount bracket.
1.
When one or two amphenol cables are attached to the KSU, the velcro
strap can be threaded around the cable and through the hooks to secure
the cables.
Velcro
Cable
Hooks
Figure 5-5 Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure Amphenol Cables
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 11
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.
When all three amphenol cables are used, the velcro strap is threaded
around the cables, instead of through the hooks, and attached to the
KSU.
Figure 5-6 Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure Three Amphenol
Cables
3.4
Wall Mounting the Basic KSU
1.
Before wall mounting the KSU, Use the four (locally provided) screws to
attach the wall mount bracket to the wall as shown in Figure 5-7
Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket.
Figure 5-7 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 12
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.
After the bracket is mounted to the wall, peel off the spacer backing.
Place and adhere the spacer to the position shown in Figure 5-8
Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer.
All wall and rack mounted KSUs must have the Spacer Bracket added to
the Wall Mount Bracket.
2.17 in.
Spacer
2.56 in.
Figure 5-8 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer
3.
Hang the KSU on the two hooks protruding from the wall mount bracket
as shown in Figure 5-9 Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket.
Figure 5-9 Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 13
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Secure the KSU to the wall by placing a locally provided screw and
washer in the hole in the center of the wall mount bracket as shown in
Figure 5-10 Securing the Basic KSU to the Wall.
Figure 5-10 Securing the Basic KSU to the Wall
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 14
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.5
Wall Mounting the Expansion KSU
1.
Fit the bottom of the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket to the top of the
Basic Wall Mount Bracket. Refer to Figure 5-11 Attaching the Expansion
Wall Mount Bracket to the Basic Wall Mount Bracket.
Figure 5-11
Attaching the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket to the Basic
Wall Mount Bracket
2.
Hang the KSU on the two hooks protruding from the expansion wall
mount bracket as shown in Figure 5-9 Hanging the Basic KSU on the
Bracket.
3.
To secure the KSU to the wall, install a locally provided screw in the hole
in the center of the wall mount bracket as shown in Figure 5-10 Securing
the Basic KSU to the Wall on page 5-14.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 15
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.6
Rack Mounting the Basic KSU
The RAK-U( ) Unit is a 19 inch unit used to simplify installation by rack
mounting the Electra Elite IPK II system.
1.
Mount the RAK-U( ) Unit to the equipment rack using the six provided
screws. Refer to Figure 5-12 RAK-U( ) Unit and KSU. Use three screws
on the right side (at 1, 2, and 3) and three screws on the left side.
A
1
A1
2
3
RAK-U10 Unit
Figure 5-12 RAK-U( ) Unit and KSU
2.
Mount the Wall Mount Bracket onto the RAK-U( ) Unit using the four
provided screws. Install two screws in the upper holes (at A) and two
screws in the lower holes (at A1).
3.
After the bracket is mounted to the RAK-U( ) Unit, hang the KSU on the
two hooks protruding from the Wall Mount Bracket, as shown in Figure
5-13 Hanging the KSU on the Bracket.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 16
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 5-13 Hanging the KSU on the Bracket
4.
Secure the KSU to the RAK-U( ) Unit by installing a provided screw into
the KSU tab and bracket hole A2. Refer to Figure 5-14 Securing the KSU
to the RAK-U( ) Unit.
Figure 5-14 Securing the KSU to the RAK-U( ) Unit
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 17
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.7
Rack Mounting the Expansion KSU
1.
Refer to Figure 5-15 Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs, for the
proper location of rack mounting the Basic KSU and the Expansion
KSUs.
C
C
C
C
2nd Exp.
KSU
C
B
B
B
1st Exp.
B
B
KSU
A
A
A
A
Basic
A
KSU
RAK-U( ) Unit
Figure 5-15 Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs
2.
The Basic KSU is installed in the lower position of the rack mounting
bracket. The Basic KSU is secured using the five threaded screw holes
marked A.
3.
The 1st Expansion KSU is installed in the center position and is secured
using the five threaded screw holes marked B.
4.
The 2nd Expansion KSU is installed in the upper position and is secured
using the five threaded screw holes marked C.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 18
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.8
Floor Mounting the Basic KSU
Only the B64-U( ) KSU with no expansion KSU can be floor mounted.
1.
Use the four locally provided screws to attach the floor mount bracket to
the floor.
2.
Slide the KSU over the four hooks protruding from the floor mount
bracket as shown in Figure 5-16 Floor Mounting the Basic KSU.
Figure 5-16 Floor Mounting the Basic KSU
3.
To secure the KSU to the floor mounting bracket, install the two screws
as indicated in Figure 5-17 Securing the KSU to the Floor Mounting
Bracket.
Figure 5-17 Securing the KSU to the Floor Mounting Bracket
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 19
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.9
Cable Routing
3.9.1
Connecting the Battery Expansion Cables on the KSU
1.
Use the DC Expansion Cable (included with the EXP-U ETU) to
connect the BATTERY EXT on the Basic KSU to the
BATTERY EXT of the Expansion KSU.
Figure 5-18 Connecting DC Expansion Cables
2.
To connect an Expansion KSU, use the two screws to attach
the FG plate to the Basic and Expansion KSUs. Refer to Figure
5-19 Attaching the Frame Ground Plate. (When installing a
second Expansion KSU, another FG plate is required.)
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 20
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 5-19 Attaching the Frame Ground Plate
3.9.2
Grounding Requirements
The KSUs must be properly grounded. The Electra Elite IPK II KSUs
are provided with a typical AC third-wire ground. When this ground is
questionable, an alternative ground must be provided.
1.
Connect the grounding cable (green wire) to the ground
terminal on the right side of the Basic KSU. The locally
provided grounding cable AWG must be greater than #16.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 21
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 5-20 KSU Grounding
2.
Provide a suitable ground inside of a building in accordance
with local telephone company procedures.
3.
When no suitable ground is available, a ground rod should be
installed in accordance with the operating procedures of the
local telephone company.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 22
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.10
Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU
The Electra Elite IPK II system has a P64-U( ) PSU for each KSU. The Power
Supply Unit has a battery backup interface and accepts 117 Vac and outputs
+5V and 24V to the system.
The Power Supply Unit is included with the B64-U20 KSU.
Before replacing the PSU, remove the defective PSU and verify that
the power cord on the replacement PSU is unplugged.
3.10.1
Connecting the Power Supply Unit to the Basic KSU
1.
Connect the 8-wire cable from the PSU to the connector on the
backplane of the KSU.
Cable
Connections
Figure 5-21 Connecting Wires to the PSU
2.
Install the P64-U( ) PSU into the bottom space of the KSU and
attach it to the KSU using the two provided screws.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 23
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 5-22 Mounting the PSU onto the KSU
3.
Lead the KSU power cable through the clamp and connect the
PSU as shown in Figure 5-23 Connecting the PSU Power
Cable to the Basic KSU.
Power Cable
Figure 5-23 Connecting the PSU Power Cable to the Basic KSU
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 24
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.10.2
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the Expansion KSU
1.
Lead the Battery Expansion Cables (included with the
EXP-U( ) ETU) through the clamps and tie them to the KSU
with a tie wrap on the expansion KSU.
Figure 5-24
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the
Expansion KSU
2.
When using two expansion KSUs, connect the PSU of each
expansion KSU with the Battery expansion cables, lead the
cables through the clamps, and tie them with a tie wrap.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 25
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.10.3
Fuse Replacement
For continued protection against risk of fire, replace
fuses with the same type and rating originally
installed.
1.
Turn off the power switch and remove the front cover on the
KSU. (Refer to Figure 5-4 Removing the Front Panel of the
KSU.)
2.
Pull out the drawer that holds the PSU and disconnect the
cable as shown in Figure 5-25 Removing the PSU from the
KSU.
Cable
Connections
Fuse
Figure 5-25 Removing the PSU from the KSU
3.
Replace the fuses as necessary and return the PSU to the
KSU. Fuse F1 is a 125V, 6A fuse for AC input. Fuse F101 is a
125V, 6.0A fuse for DC input.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 26
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
F101 (DC In)
F1 (AC In)
Figure 5-26 PSU Fuse Replacement
3.11
Installing Built-In and External Batteries in the KSU
3.11.1
Built-In Battery Installation
1.
Connect the two batteries in series as shown in Figure 5-27
Connecting Built-In Batteries. The red cord attaches to the red
terminal and the black cord attaches to the black terminal.
Be careful, and properly connect the
terminals of the batteries.
Figure 5-27 Connecting Built-In Batteries
2.
Install the batteries into the bottom space at the left side the
KSU. Refer to Figure 5-28 Placing the Batteries into the KSU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 27
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Install the battery cover as illustrated in Figure 5-28 Placing the
Batteries into the KSU.
Figure 5-28 Placing the Batteries into the KSU
4.
Connect the cable to the BATTERY INT connector of the PSU
as shown in Figure 5-29 Connecting the Batteries to the Power
Supply Unit.
Figure 5-29 Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 28
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.11.2
External Battery Installation
Batteries that are purchased locally can be connected to the system
as external batteries.
When installing external batteries, disconnect the
battery cable for the built-in batteries from the
BATTERY INT connector of each KSU. When the
built-in batteries are connected with the external
batteries, a large charging current could flow from
the external batteries to the built-in batteries and
burn the battery cables.
3.11.2.1 Basic KSU
1.
Connect cabling to the external batteries as shown
in Figure 5-30 Connecting Cables for External
Batteries in the Basic KSU.
Figure 5-30
Connecting Cables for External
Batteries in the Basic KSU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 29
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Connect the external batteries to the KSU in the
location shown in Figure 5-31 Connecting the
External Battery to the Basic KSU. Connect the
external battery cable to the EXT connector on the
PSU of the Basic KSU. Bundle any extra cabling
together.
Figure 5-31
Connecting the External Battery to
the Basic KSU
3.
Route the cables through the clamps on the KSU as
shown in Figure 5-32 Threading the Cables through
the Clamps on the Basic KSU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 30
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 5-32
Threading the Cables through the
Clamps on the Basic KSU
4.
Before putting the cover on the Basic KSU, remove
the knockout (indicated by the arrow). Refer to
Figure 5-33 Removing the Knockout on the Cover of
the Basic KSU.
Figure 5-33
Removing the Knockout on the
Cover of the Basic KSU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 31
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.
Lead the battery cables through the knockout and
secure the front cover on the Basic KSU. Refer to
Figure 5-34 Leading the Battery Cables out of the
Basic KSU.
Figure 5-34
Leading the Battery Cables out of
the Basic KSU
3.11.2.2
Expansion KSU
When connecting batteries to the Expansion KSUs,
connections that must also be made to the Basic KSU
are noted in the following instructions. Although a
3-cabinet drawing is not provided, the third KSU draws
its external battery power by connecting a cable to the
EXT connection of the second KSU. This provides a
daisy-chain connection between all three KSUs.
1.
Connect cabling provided by NEC to the external
batteries as shown in Figure 5-30 Connecting
Cables for External Batteries in the Basic KSU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 32
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Connect the external battery cable to the EXT
connector on the PSU of the Basic KSU and the
Expansion KSUs as shown in Figure 5-35 External
Battery Cable Installation. Bundle any extra cabling
together.
Connecting this cable to PSU EXT
connector solves voltage
drop problems.
Figure 5-35 External Battery Cable Installation
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 33
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Route the cables through the clamps on the Basic
and Expansion KSUs as shown in Figure 5-36
Threading the Cables through the Clamps on the
Basic and Expansion KSUs.
Figure 5-36
Threading the Cables through the
Clamps on the Basic and Expansion
KSUs
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 34
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Before putting the covers on the Basic and
Expansion KSUs, remove the knockouts (indicated
by the arrows). On the Basic KSU, knockouts must
be removed from the top and the bottom of the KSU
cover. On the Expansion KSU, only the bottom
knockout is removed. Refer to Figure 5-37
Removing the Knockouts on the Covers of Basic
and Expansion KSUs.
Figure 5-37
Removing the Knockouts on the
Covers of Basic and Expansion
KSUs
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
5 - 35
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.
Lead the battery cables through the knockouts on
the Basic and Expansion KSUs and secure the front
covers on the KSUs. Refer to Figure 5-38 Leading
the Battery Cables out of the Basic and Expansion
KSUs.
Figure 5-38
Leading the Battery Cables out of the
Basic and Expansion KSUs
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 36
Installing KSUs
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 6
___________________________________________________________________________________
Section 1
General Information ....................................................................................... 6-1
Section 2
Installation ...................................................................................................... 6-2
2.1
Installation Precautions ............................................................................... 6-2
2.2
Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots ........................................................... 6-4
2.3
Removing an ETU from the KSU ................................................................ 6-6
Section 3
Common Control ETUs .................................................................................. 6-7
3.1
CPUII( )-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 6-7
3.1.1
Description ........................................................................................................ 6-7
3.1.2
Installation ......................................................................................................... 6-7
3.1.3
Switch Settings ................................................................................................. 6-8
3.1.4
Connectors ....................................................................................................... 6-9
3.1.5
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-10
3.1.6
Replacing Memory Backup ............................................................................. 6-11
3.1.7
DSPII-U10 Daughter Board ............................................................................ 6-11
3.1.8
MOD-U-(10) Unit ............................................................................................. 6-12
3.1.9
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-12
3.1.10 Upgrading the CPUII( )-U10 ETU .................................................................. 6-12
3.2
PKUII-U (Port Key Unit) ............................................................................ 6-17
3.3
EXP-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................... 6-18
3.3.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-18
3.3.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-19
3.3.3
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-19
3.3.4
MOD-U10 Unit ................................................................................................ 6-19
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
i
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
Section 4
Trunk ETUs ................................................................................................... 6-20
4.1
BRT(4)-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 6-20
4.1.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-20
4.1.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-21
4.1.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-21
4.1.4
Jumpers .......................................................................................................... 6-21
4.1.5
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-22
4.1.6
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-23
4.1.7
Connections ................................................................................................. 6-23
4.2
BRT(4)-U20 ETU ...................................................................................... 6-24
4.2.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-24
4.2.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-25
4.2.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-25
4.2.4
Jumpers .......................................................................................................... 6-25
4.2.5
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-26
4.2.6
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-26
4.2.7
Connections ................................................................................................ 6-27
4.3
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................. 6-28
4.3.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-28
4.3.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-29
4.3.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-29
4.3.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-30
4.3.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-30
4.3.6
Connections ................................................................................................... 6-31
4.4
COIB(4)-U10 ETU .................................................................................... 6-32
4.4.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-32
4.4.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-33
4.4.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-33
4.4.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-34
4.4.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-34
___________________________________________________________________________________
ii
Table of Contents
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.4.6
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-34
4.5
COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU ............................................................................. 6-35
4.5.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-35
4.5.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-36
4.5.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-36
4.5.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-37
4.5.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-37
4.5.6
Connections ................................................................................................... 6-38
4.5.7
ETU Feature Chart ......................................................................................... 6-38
4.6
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU ............................................................................. 6-39
4.6.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-39
4.6.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-40
4.6.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-40
4.6.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-41
4.6.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-41
4.6.6
Connections ............................................................................................. 6-42
4.6.7
ETU Feature Chart ......................................................................................... 6-43
4.7
DID(4)-U( ) ETU ....................................................................................... 6-44
4.7.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-44
4.7.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-45
4.7.3
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-45
4.7.4
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-45
4.7.5
Connections ................................................................................................ 6-46
4.8
DTI-U40 ETU ............................................................................................ 6-47
4.8.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-47
4.8.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-48
4.8.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-49
4.8.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-52
4.8.5
Alarm Conditions ............................................................................................ 6-52
4.8.6
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-53
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
iii
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
4.8.7
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-53
4.9
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU ....................................................................................... 6-55
4.9.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-55
4.9.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-56
4.9.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-56
4.9.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-57
4.9.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-57
4.9.6
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-57
Section 5
Station ETUs ................................................................................................. 6-58
5.1
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU ....................................................................................... 6-58
5.1.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-58
5.1.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-59
5.1.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-59
5.1.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-59
5.1.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-59
5.1.6
Connections ............................................................................................... 6-60
5.2
ESIB(8)-U20 ETU ..................................................................................... 6-61
5.2.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-61
5.2.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-62
5.2.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-62
5.2.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-62
5.2.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-63
5.2.6
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-63
5.3
ESIE(8)-U20 ETU ..................................................................................... 6-64
5.3.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-64
5.3.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-65
5.3.3
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-65
5.3.4
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-66
5.3.5
Pin Assignments ............................................................................................. 6-67
___________________________________________________________________________________
iv
Table of Contents
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.4
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU ...................................................................................... 6-68
5.4.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-68
5.4.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-69
5.4.3
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-69
5.4.4
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-69
5.4.5
Connections ................................................................................................... 6-70
5.5
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................... 6-71
5.5.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-71
5.5.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-72
5.5.3
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-72
5.5.4
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-72
5.5.5
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-73
5.6
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 6-74
5.6.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-74
5.6.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-75
5.6.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-75
5.6.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-76
5.6.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-77
5.6.6
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-77
5.7
SLIE(4)-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 6-78
5.7.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-78
5.7.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-79
5.7.3
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-79
5.7.4
Connections .................................................................................................... 6-80
Section 6
Voice Mail ETUs ............................................................................................ 6-81
6.1
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................ 6-81
6.1.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-81
6.1.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-83
6.1.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................... 6-84
6.1.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-85
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
v
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
6.1.5
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-87
6.1.6
Jumper Settings ........................................................................................... 6-87
6.1.7
Connectors ..................................................................................................... 6-87
6.2
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU ............................................................. 6-88
6.2.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-88
6.2.1.1
System Board Components ........................................................ 6-90
6.2.1.2
Daughter Board Components ..................................................... 6-92
6.2.1.3
Port Expansion Board ................................................................. 6-93
6.2.2
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-93
6.2.3
LED Indications ............................................................................................... 6-93
6.3
CTP( )-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 6-94
6.3.1
Description ...................................................................................................... 6-94
6.3.2
Checklist of Components ................................................................................ 6-94
6.3.3
Installation ....................................................................................................... 6-96
6.3.4
Installing Drive on CTP( )-U10 ETU ............................................................... 6-97
6.3.5
Removing the Drive ........................................................................................ 6-99
6.3.6
Installing DSPs on the CTP( )-U10 ETU ....................................................... 6-100
6.3.7
Installing and Removing the CTP( )-U10 ETU ............................................. 6-101
6.3.8
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-102
6.3.9
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-102
6.3.10 Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-102
6.4
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)- U( ) ............................................................................... 6-103
6.4.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-103
6.4.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-106
6.4.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-107
6.4.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-108
6.4.5
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connectors ........................................................... 6-111
6.4.6
FMS-U30 ETU Jumper Settings ................................................................... 6-111
6.4.7
FMS-U30 ETU Connectors ........................................................................... 6-111
___________________________________________________________________________________
vi
Table of Contents
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.5
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................... 6-112
6.5.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-112
6.5.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-115
6.5.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-115
6.5.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-117
6.5.5
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connectors ........................................................... 6-119
6.5.6
VMS-U30 ETU Jumper Settings ................................................................ 6-119
6.5.7
VMS-U30 ETU Connectors ........................................................................... 6-119
Section 7
Optional ETUs ............................................................................................. 6-120
7.1
BSU(4M)-U20 ETU ................................................................................. 6-120
7.1.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-120
7.1.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-121
7.1.3
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-122
7.1.4
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-123
7.2
BSU(2S)-U20 ETU .................................................................................. 6-125
7.2.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-125
7.2.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-125
7.2.3
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-127
7.2.4
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-128
7.3
BSU(6S)-U20 ETU .................................................................................. 6-129
7.3.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-129
7.3.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-130
7.3.3
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-131
7.3.4
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-132
7.4
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU .................................................................................... 6-133
7.4.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-133
7.4.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-134
7.4.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-134
7.4.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-134
7.4.5
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-135
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
vii
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
7.4.6
Connections .................................................................................................. 6-135
7.5
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................... 6-136
7.5.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-136
7.5.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-137
7.5.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-137
7.5.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-138
7.5.5
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-139
7.6
CNF(16)-U20 ETU .................................................................................. 6-140
7.6.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-140
7.6.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-141
7.6.3
Configuring ................................................................................................... 6-142
7.6.4
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-142
7.6.5
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-144
7.6.6
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-144
7.7
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................... 6-146
7.7.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-146
7.7.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-147
7.7.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-147
7.7.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-147
7.7.5
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-147
7.8
IAD(8)-U( ) .............................................................................................. 6-148
7.8.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-148
7.8.2
Boot Up Sequence Status Identification ....................................................... 6-149
7.8.3
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-149
7.8.4
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-150
7.8.5
Ethernet Status ............................................................................................ 6-150
7.8.6
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-150
7.9
IVR Application ....................................................................................... 6-151
7.9.1
Description .................................................................................................... 6-151
7.9.2
Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-152
___________________________________________________________________________________
viii
Table of Contents
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.9.3
Switch Settings ............................................................................................. 6-152
7.9.4
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-153
7.9.5
Jumper Settings ............................................................................................ 6-154
7.9.6
Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-155
7.10
PVA( )-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 6-156
7.10.1 Description .................................................................................................... 6-156
7.10.2 Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-157
7.10.3 Applications .................................................................................................. 6-157
7.10.4 Removal Procedure ...................................................................................... 6-157
7.10.5 Configuring ................................................................................................... 6-157
7.10.6 LED Indications ............................................................................................. 6-158
7.10.7 Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-160
7.11
VMP( )-U40 ETU ..................................................................................... 6-161
7.11.1 Description .................................................................................................... 6-161
7.11.2 Installation ..................................................................................................... 6-162
7.11.3 Installing Flash Drive on the VMP( )-U40 ETU ............................................. 6-163
7.11.4 Installing Hard Drive on the VMP( )-U40 ETU ............................................. 6-165
7.11.5 Installing DSP( )-U30 on VMP( )-U40 ETU ................................................... 6-169
7.11.6 Switch Settings ......................................................................................... 6-172
7.11.7 Jumper Settings ............................................................................................ 6-173
7.11.8 VMP( )-U40 LED Indications ......................................................................... 6-173
7.11.9 Connectors ................................................................................................... 6-174
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
ix
__
D _
o __
cu __
m ___
ent __
Re __
vi __
sio __
n 1 _____________________________________________________
El __
ect __
ra __
E ___
lite
__
IPK _
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
x
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Chapter 6
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-1
Inserting the ETU into the KSU .................................................................................. 6-2
Figure 6-2
Inserting or Removing ETUs from the KSU ................................................................ 6-3
Figure 6-3
Handling an ETU ........................................................................................................ 6-3
Figure 6-4
Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU .............................................. 6-4
Figure 6-5
Sliding the ETU into the KSU Slot .............................................................................. 6-5
Figure 6-6
Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU ........................................................................... 6-6
Figure 6-7
CPUII( )-U10 ETU ..................................................................................................... 6-8
Figure 6-8
EXP-U( ) ETU .......................................................................................................... 6-18
Figure 6-9
MOD-U10 Unit .......................................................................................................... 6-19
Figure 6-10
BRT(4)-U10 ETU ...................................................................................................... 6-20
Figure 6-11
BRT(4)-U10 Connections ......................................................................................... 6-23
Figure 6-12
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU .....................................................................................................6-24
Figure 6-13
BRT(4)-U20 Connections ......................................................................................... 6-27
Figure 6-14
COI(8)-U( ) ETU ...................................................................................................... 6-28
Figure 6-15
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections ............................................................................ 6-31
Figure 6-16
COIB(4)-U10 ETU .................................................................................................... 6-32
Figure 6-17
COIB(4)-U10 ETU Connections ...............................................................................6-34
Figure 6-18
COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU ............................................................................................. 6-35
Figure 6-19
COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Connections ........................................................................6-38
Figure 6-20
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU ............................................................................................. 6-39
Figure 6-21
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Connections ........................................................................6-42
Figure 6-22
DID(4)-U( ) ETU ...................................................................................................... 6-44
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
xi
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
Figure 6-23
DID(4)-U( ) ETU Connections ................................................................................. 6-46
Figure 6-24
DTI-U40 ETU ........................................................................................................... 6-48
Figure 6-25
DTI-U40 ETU Connectors ........................................................................................ 6-54
Figure 6-26
ISDN PRI Connectors .............................................................................................. 6-54
Figure 6-27
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU ....................................................................................................... 6-55
Figure 6-28
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Connections .................................................................................. 6-57
Figure 6-29
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU ....................................................................................................... 6-58
Figure 6-30
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU Connection ................................................................................... 6-60
Figure 6-31
ESIB(8)-U20 ETU ..................................................................................................... 6-61
Figure 6-32
ESIB(8)-U20 ETU Connection ................................................................................. 6-63
Figure 6-33
ESIE(8)-U20 ETU ..................................................................................................... 6-64
Figure 6-34
ESIE(8)-U20 ETU Connection ................................................................................. 6-66
Figure 6-35
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU ..................................................................................................... 6-68
Figure 6-36
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU CN1 Connection ......................................................................... 6-70
Figure 6-37
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU .................................................................................................. 6-71
Figure 6-38
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections ............................................................................. 6-73
Figure 6-39
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU ..................................................................................................... 6-74
Figure 6-40
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU Connections ................................................................................ 6-77
Figure 6-41
SLIE(4)-U10 ETU ..................................................................................................... 6-78
Figure 6-42
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU Connections ................................................................................ 6-80
Figure 6-43
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU ............................................................................................... 6-82
Figure 6-44
CMS-U30 ETU ......................................................................................................... 6-83
Figure 6-45
EliteMail CTI System Board ..................................................................................... 6-89
Figure 6-46
EliteMail CTI Daughter Board .................................................................................. 6-91
Figure 6-47
EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board ......................................................................... 6-92
Figure 6-48
CTP( )-U10 ETU (Front View) ................................................................................. 6-95
Figure 6-49
CTP( )-U10 ETU (Back View) ................................................................................. 6-96
Figure 6-50
Before Installing the Drive ........................................................................................ 6-97
___________________________________________________________________________________
xii
List of Figures
___
Ele __
c __
tra __
E
__
lite ___
IPK __
II ____________________________________________________
Do __
cu ___
me __
nt __
Re __
visi__
on__
1
Figure 6-51
Line up Four Screws ................................................................................................ 6-98
Figure 6-52
Slide Drive Toward Connector ................................................................................. 6-98
Figure 6-53
Loosen the Four Screws ..........................................................................................6-99
Figure 6-54
Push Drive Toward Backplane ................................................................................. 6-99
Figure 6-55
Lift up and Remove Drive from ETU ...................................................................... 6-100
Figure 6-56
Insert Brass Connector End ................................................................................... 6-100
Figure 6-57
Push Other End Down Until it Locks ...................................................................... 6-101
Figure 6-58
FMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU ............................................................................................... 6-104
Figure 6-59
FMS(8)-U( ) ETU .................................................................................................... 6-105
Figure 6-60
FMS-U30 ETU ........................................................................................................ 6-106
Figure 6-61
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................ 6-113
Figure 6-62
VMS-U30 ETU ........................................................................................................ 6-114
Figure 6-63
BSU(4M)-U20 ETU ................................................................................................. 6-120
Figure 6-64
Busy LED Flash Pattern ......................................................................................... 6-123
Figure 6-65
BSU(2S)-U20 ETU ................................................................................................. 6-125
Figure 6-66
Busy LED Flash Pattern ......................................................................................... 6-127
Figure 6-67
BSU(6S)-U20 ETU ................................................................................................. 6-129
Figure 6-68
Busy LED Flash Pattern ......................................................................................... 6-132
Figure 6-69
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................................... 6-133
Figure 6-70
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................................... 6-136
Figure 6-71
CNF(16)-U20 ETU .................................................................................................. 6-141
Figure 6-72
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................................................... 6-146
Figure 6-73
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU ...................................................................................................... 6-148
Figure 6-74
VMP(4)-U( ) ETU With IVR Compact Flash ........................................................... 6-151
Figure 6-75
PVA( )-U10 ETU ..................................................................................................... 6-156
Figure 6-76
VMP( )-U40 ETU ................................................................................................... 6-162
Figure 6-77
Installing the Flash Drive on the VMP( )-U40 ETU ................................................ 6-163
Figure 6-78
Flash Drive Seated on VMP( )-U40 ETU ................................................................ 6-164
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
xiii
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
Figure 6-79
Connecting the Hard Drive ..................................................................................... 6-165
Figure 6-80
Plus Sign on Battery Displayed Up ........................................................................ 6-166
Figure 6-81
Connecting the Ribbon Cable ................................................................................ 6-167
Figure 6-82
Leaving Four Pins Unconnected ............................................................................ 6-168
Figure 6-83
Placing the Hard Drive on the ETU ........................................................................ 6-168
Figure 6-84
Placing the Four Mounting Screws ........................................................................ 6-169
Figure 6-85
Installing the DSP-U30 on the VMP( )-U40 ETU .................................................... 6-171
___________________________________________________________________________________
xiv
List of Figures
List Of tables
Chapter 6
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-1
CPUII( )-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings ............................................................... 6-9
Table 6-2
CPUII( )-U10 LED Indications .................................................................................. 6-10
Table 6-3
CPUII( )-U10 Status ................................................................................................ 6-10
Table 6-4
PKUII-U Unit Configuration ...................................................................................... 6-17
Table 6-5
BRT(4)-U10 ETU LED Indications ............................................................................ 6-22
Table 6-6
BRT(4)-U20 LED Indications .................................................................................... 6-26
Table 6-7
COI(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings ................................................................6-29
Table 6-8
COI(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ............................................................................ 6-30
Table 6-9
COIB(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings .............................................................. 6-33
Table 6-10
COIB(4)-U10 ETU LED Indications .......................................................................... 6-34
Table 6-11
COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings ..........................................6-36
Table 6-12
COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU LED Indications .................................................................. 6-37
Table 6-13
COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Feature Chart ..................................................................... 6-38
Table 6-14
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings ..........................................6-40
Table 6-15
COIB(8)-U20/30 ETU LED Indications ..................................................................... 6-41
Table 6-16
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Feature Chart ..................................................................... 6-43
Table 6-17
DID(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ............................................................................. 6-45
Table 6-18
DTI-U40 Default Switch Settings .............................................................................. 6-49
Table 6-19
DTI-U40 ETU LED Indications ................................................................................. 6-52
Table 6-20
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings ................................................................. 6-56
Table 6-21
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .............................................................................. 6-57
Table 6-22
ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU MJ1 Pin Assignments .................................................................. 6-67
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
xv
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
Table 6-23
ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU MJ2 Pin Assignments .................................................................. 6-67
Table 6-24
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU SW2 Switch Settings ................................................................... 6-75
Table 6-25
SW2-2/SW2-3 Details .............................................................................................. 6-76
Table 6-26
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU SW3 Switch Settings ................................................................... 6-76
Table 6-27
Configuration Support Table .................................................................................... 6-81
Table 6-28
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Functions ............................................................ 6-84
Table 6-29
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indicators ....................................................................... 6-85
Table 6-30
CMS-U30 ETU LED Indications ............................................................................... 6-86
Table 6-31
Configuration Support .............................................................................................. 6-89
Table 6-32
System Board Components ..................................................................................... 6-90
Table 6-33
Daughter Board Components .................................................................................. 6-92
Table 6-34
Port Expansion Board Components ......................................................................... 6-93
Table 6-35
Configuration Support Table .................................................................................. 6-103
Table 6-36
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings .............................................................. 6-107
Table 6-37
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Functions ..................................................... 6-108
Table 6-38
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ............................................................... 6-108
Table 6-39
FMS-U30 ETU LED Indications ............................................................................. 6-109
Table 6-40
Configuration Support Table .................................................................................. 6-112
Table 6-41
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Settings ....................................................... 6-115
Table 6-42
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Functions ..................................................... 6-116
Table 6-43
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ............................................................... 6-117
Table 6-44
VMS-U30 ETU LED Indications ............................................................................. 6-118
Table 6-45
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings ............................................................. 6-134
Table 6-46
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ......................................................................... 6-134
Table 6-47
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Reset Switch ............................................................................. 6-137
Table 6-48
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch .......................................... 6-138
Table 6-49
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Party Size Switch ...................................................................... 6-138
Table 6-50
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .......................................................................... 6-138
___________________________________________________________________________________
xvi
List of Tables
___
Ele __
c __
tra __
E
__
lite ___
IPK __
II ____________________________________________________
Do __
cu ___
me __
nt __
Re __
visi__
on__
1
Table 6-51
Default Network Settings for TCP/IP Addressing ................................................... 6-142
Table 6-52
CNF(16)-U20 ETU Dip Switch SW1 ....................................................................... 6-143
Table 6-53
CNF(16)-U20 ETU Rotary Switch SW3 .................................................................. 6-143
Table 6-54
CNF(16)-U20 ETU LED Indications ....................................................................... 6-144
Table 6-55
HUB(8)-U( ) LEDS .................................................................................................. 6-147
Table 6-56
IAD(8)-U( ) Configurations ...................................................................................... 6-149
Table 6-57
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU LED Boot Sequence Indications .................................................. 6-149
Table 6-58
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Switches ...................................................................................... 6-150
Table 6-59
Switch Settings for VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................ 6-152
Table 6-60
VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .................................................................... 6-153
Table 6-61
VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Ready LED Indications ......................................................... 6-154
Table 6-62
PVA( )-U10 ETU Configurations ............................................................................. 6-157
Table 6-63
Default Network Settings for TCP/IP Addressing ................................................... 6-157
Table 6-64
PVI(16)-U10 ETU Rotary Switch SW3 ................................................................... 6-158
Table 6-65
Default Boot Sequence: In Active PVA( )-U10 ETU without IP
Application Loaded ................................................................................................. 6-159
Table 6-66
Active PVA( )-U10 ETU with IP Application Loaded ............................................... 6-159
Table 6-67
VMP( )-U40 ETU Switch Settings ........................................................................... 6-172
Table 6-68
VMP( )-U40 ETU Jumper Settings ......................................................................... 6-173
Table 6-69
VMP( )-U40 ETU LED Indications (on back of ETU) .............................................. 6-173
Table 6-70
VMP( )-U40 ETU Connectors ................................................................................. 6-174
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
xvii
___
Do __
cu __
me __
nt __
Re___
visi __
on __
1 ____________________________________________________
E ___
lect __
ra __
Elit __
e I __
PK__
II
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
xviii
List of Tables
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards) Chapter 6
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Each Electronic Telephone Unit (ETU) is installed in a slot in the Basic or Expansion
KSU.
The B64-U20 KSU has 10 slots that are divided into three categories:
( CPU/EXP Slot
( AP Slot (Not Used)
( Interface (IF) Slot
CPU/EXP Slot
This is the first slot from the left in the KSU. A CPUII( )-U10 ETU must be installed in
this slot in the Basic KSU and an EXP-U10 ETU must be installed in this slot in the
Expansion KSU.
The CPUII( )-U10 ETU is damaged when installed in slots
S1~S8!
AP Slot
The second slot from the left in the KSU, is not used in the Electra Elite IPK II KSU.
Do not install a CPU or EXP ETU in this slot in the Expansion
KSU!
Interface Slots (S1~S8)
Any interface ETU can be installed in these slots.
The remainder of this chapter describes installation procedures for each ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 1
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 2
INSTALLATION
2.1
Installation Precautions
Observe the following precautions when installing the
ETUs to avoid static electricity damage to hardware or
exposure to hazardous voltages.
J
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static is extensively used in
the ETUs in this system; therefore, extreme care must be taken to avoid
static discharge when handling ETUs.
J
Make all switch setting changes on the ETU before inserting it in the
KSU.
J
When installed, the component side of all ETUs must face the left side of
the KSU. Ejector tabs are always on top. Refer to Figure 6-1 Inserting
the ETU into the KSU.
Figure 6-1 Inserting the ETU into the KSU
J
Carry an ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent static
electricity.
J
The ETU installer must wear a grounded wrist strap to protect the ETU
from static electricity.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 2
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
J
When you insert or remove an ETU, be sure the wrist strap is connected
to the Frame Ground Terminal on the KSU.
Figure 6-2 Inserting or Removing ETUs from the KSU
J
When you hold an ETU, do not touch the components or the soldered
surfaces with bare hands. Place one hand under the bottom corner of
the ETU and with the other hand hold the ejector tab (located in the top
corner of the ETU).
Ejector
Tab
Figure 6-3 Handling an ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 3
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
J
When you set switches on the ETU, wear a wrist strap and stand on a
grounded conductive work surface to avoid static electricity.
ETU
Wrist
Strap
Grounded
Conductive
Surface
Figure 6-4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU
J
Do not touch the surface of the ETU. A small screw driver can be used
to change the switch settings when the installer follows the
recommended safety precautions.
2.2
Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots
1.
To unlock the ETUs slots, move the slide bar to the left.
2.
Slide the ETU into the proper slot in the KSU.
3.
After the ETU is pushed all the way to the back of the KSU, move the
slide bar to the right to lock the ETU slots.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 4
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-5 Sliding the ETU into the KSU Slot
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 5
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
Removing an ETU from the KSU
1.
To unlock the ETUs, move the slide bar to the left.
2.
Lift the ejector tab on the ETU and pull the ETU out of the slot.
Figure 6-6 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU
3.
To secure remaining ETUs, move slide bar to the right.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 6
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 3
COMMON CONTROL ETUS
The Electronic Telephone units described in this section control the common
functions of the KSU.
3.1
CPUII( )-U10 ETU
3.1.1
Description
The CPUII( )-U10 ETU is the Central Processing Unit for the system.
This ETU has a Central Processing Unit and a Microprocessing Unit
(MPU).
A 32-bit microprocessor executes the programs stored on the Flash
ROM ICs of the MPU unit. This controls the entire system when data
is transferred to and from other ETUs.
This ETU provides the following items:
r
Time Switch Control 512 CH
r
Digital Phase Lock Loop (DPLL)
r
Static Random Access Memory (SRAM)
r
DSPII-U10 (Daughter Board)
r
32-bit Processor
r
25 MHz Clock
r
64-channel DTMF Push Button Receiver (PBR)
r
2 blocks of 32 Conference Circuits with any number of parties
as long as the block limit is not exceeded.
r
External Music-on-Hold input (also used for station background
music)
r
Flash ROM (FROM)
r
Call Progress and DTMF Tone Generator
r
Memory Backup Battery (Retains memory for approximately 21
days)
r
Key Function (KF)/Multifunction (MF) Registration
r
Compact Flash Memory 128MB maximum, Compact Flash
Type 1 only (must be FAT 16 format)
3.1.2
Installation
Each system must have this ETU in the CPU/EXP slot of the basic
B64-U20 KSU. Each system has one CPUII( )-U10 ETU. Refer to
Figure 6-7 CPUII( )-U10 ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 7
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
The CPUII( )-U10 ETU is severely damaged
when installed in slots S1~S8.
Figure 6-7 CPUII( )-U10 ETU
3.1.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-1 CPUII( )-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 8
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-1 CPUII( )-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings
Description
SW1
Momentary
Load
Switch
SW2
Description
Up
Default/Normal State
Down
System Reset
SW3-1
Description
SW3-2
Description
On (Up)
RS-232C
On (Up)
Not Used
Monitor On
Off
RS-232C
Off
Not Used
Monitor Off
3.1.4
Connectors
Before programming System Data, the battery must be installed in
CN6 to allow memory retention when a power failure or brownout
occurs. When a brownout or power failure occurs, and the battery
backup circuit is not activated, Time and Date, Terminal status (e.g.,
MIC), and SMDR Data reset. System data is not lost due to the
battery backup circuit.
When a CPUII( )-U10 ETU is installed and the system or battery
backup fails for any reason, the clock/calendar must be set. The fully
charged battery retains memory for approximately 7 days.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 9
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.1.5
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-2 CPUII( )-U10 LED Indications.
Table 6-2 CPUII( )-U10 LED Indications
LED
Description
LED1
On indicates that Compact Flash is installed
Indicates system alarms Refer to Table 6-3 CPUII( )-
LED2
U10 Status
Indicates system alarms Refer to Table 6-3 CPUII( )-
LED3
U10 Status
Indicates system alarms Refer to Table 6-3 CPUII( )-
LED4
U10 Status
LED5
On indicates the PKG is operating.
(LIVE)
The LEDs are on the back of the ETU in the following order top to
bottom:
LED5 (LIVE)
LED4
LED3
LED2
LED1
Table 6-3 CPUII( )-U10 Status
LED Indication
Status
LED5
LED4
LED3
LED2
LED1
On
Off
Off
Off
On
System starting up
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
System initializing
Access
Initializing disk or
Off
On
Off
On
blink
formatting
Boot program initializing in
Off
Off
On
On
On
flash memory
Access
Off
On
On
On
Reading system software
blink
Upgrading system
On
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
On
software
On
Blinking
Off
Off
On
Upgrading boot software
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 10
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-3 CPUII( )-U10 Status
LED Indication
Status
LED5
LED4
LED3
LED2
LED1
Finish format (SRAM,
On
Blinking
Blinking
Off
On
Flash)
Blinking
Off
Off
Off
On
DRAM error
Blinking
Off
Off
On
On
FPGA version error
Blinking
Off
On
Off
On
SRAM error
Blinking
Off
On
On
On
Flash memory boot error
Blinking
On
On
On
On
Flash memory data error
System Program reading
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
On
error
Blinking
Off
Off
Off
On
System starting up
3.1.6
Replacing Memory Backup
The CPUII( )-U10 ETU provides memory backup for approximately
21 days. The Lithium battery should be replaced with a CR2032 type
battery every two years.
1.
Turn off the KSU power.
2.
Remove the CPUII( )-U10 ETU from the KSU.
3.
Remove the battery from connector CN6.
4.
Install new CR2032 battery in CN6.
5.
Install the CPUII( )-U10 ETU in the KSU.
6.
Turn on the KSU power.
3.1.7
DSPII-U10 Daughter Board
Systems that use VRS or In-Mail require the daughter board. VRS
and In-Mail are provided on a Compact Flash card that plugs into the
daughter board. The DSPDBU plugs into the CN7 connector on the
CPUII( )-U10 ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 11
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.1.8
MOD-U-(10) Unit
The MOD-U(10) Unit provides a Modem and is installed on the
CPUII( )-U10 ETU using connectors J1~J4. The pins of the
MOD-U(10) Unit and the sockets on the CPUII( )-U10 ETU are
numbered the same. Line up MOD connector J1 with socket J1 on
the CPUII and carefully plug in the unit.
3.1.9
Connectors
The CPUII( )-U10 ETU has the following connectors:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN2
Connects to the AP bus
r
CN3
Connects to CN2 on the EXP-U( ) ETU using an
expansion cable
r
CN4
LAN connector.
r
CN5
Compact Flash connector.
r
CN6
Holds the Lithium (CR2032) Battery
r
CN7
DSPII-U10 (Daughter Board) connector
r
CN8
Used for FPGA Programming
r
CN9
Normal Operation: Pins 1 and 2 shorted.
CPU DEbug: Pins 2 and 3 shorted
r
CN10
Used for CPU Debug
r
CN11
Used for DSP Debug
r
J1~J4
Socket Modem connectors
3.1.10
Upgrading the CPUII( )-U10 ETU
You should backup the database before upgrading the CPUII( )-U10
ETU. This can be done with a download from PCPro and saving the
file. Refer to the Electra Elite IPK II PC Programming Manual for
more information.
Upgrading from Compact Flash
1.
Insert the Compact Flash that has the new firmware files in the
CN5 connector on front of the CPUII( )-U10 ETU.
2.
Press and hold the SW1 load switch.
3.
While continuing to hold the SW1 load switch, toggle the SW2
reset switch, and hold the SW1 switch down for 5 seconds.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 12
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
When the firmware has finished copying, LED 1 is on solid,
and LEDs 2~4 blink in unison. You can now remove the
Compact Flash Card, and toggle the SW2 reset switch.
5.
After the system boots, check that the firmware was upgraded
by pressing the Feature key +3.
Remote Upgrade of the CPUII( )-U10 ETU Using PCPro
1.
Before starting, make certain a Compact Flash is installed in
the CPU CN5 connector. Refer to the Installing a Compact
Flash section for more information.
2.
Launch PCPro by selecting Start Programs Electra Elite
IPK II PCPro Electra Elite IPK II PCPro.
3.
Login to PCPro. The default login is tech with a password of
12345678.
4.
Connect to IPK II by selecting Connect from the toolbar or
selecting Connect from the Communications Menu.
5.
Define the connection information and click Connect.
6.
From the Communications Menu, select Firmware Update.
The Firmware Update window displays.
7.
In the Firmware File field, browse out to the location where you
stored the Firmware Package file provided by NEC.
8.
Select the time when you want the update to be applied. After
PCPro uploads the Firmware Package file the system can reset
and switch to the new version immediately or at a scheduled
date and time.
The time specified is relative to the time on the KTS, not the PC
that PCPro was run from. Technicians must take time zones
into consideration when scheduling updates.
9.
Click Start to begin uploading the Firmware Package file. the
progress bar indicates the progress of the upload.
10.
When the upload is complete, the progress bar indicates
Operation Complete.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 13
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
11.
If you selected immediately after upload, the system resets and
switches to the new firmware version after one minute. If you
selected a time and date, the system resets and switches to the
new firmware on the time and date you specified.
12.
Click Close to close the firmware window.
13.
After a remote upgrade, the Compact Flash must remain in the
system. The CPUII( )-U10 ETU now boots from the Compact
Flash, not the onboard flash. If the Compact Flash is removed,
the system boots off the older version that is in the onboard
flash.
Up to two versions of firmware are kept on the CF card. One
version is the current version that the CPU used to boot from.
the other version is the new version that is used on the next
boot up. If boot up fails, The CPU can revert back to the older
version.
14.
To verify if the system was upgraded to the new firmware
version, reconnect with PCPro and check the version number
of the KTS in the lower right corner. The on site technician can
press the Feature Key +3 from any Multiline Terminal.
Remote Upgrade of the CPUII( )-U10 ETU Using WebPro
1.
Prior to starting, make sure a Compact Flash is installed in the
CPU CN5 connector. Refer to Compact Flash section for more
information.
2.
Select Start Programs Internet Explorer to launch
WebPro.
3.
From the File Menu, select Open and enter HTTP://
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx where xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is the IP address of the
CPUII( )-U10 ETU.
4.
From the logon page, log into WebPro. The default login is
tech with a password of 12345678.
5.
From the Administration section of the Home Page, Click the
Firmware Update icon.
6.
In the Firmware File field, browse to the location where the
Firmware Package file provided by NEC is stored.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 14
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.
Select the time to apply the update. After WebPRo uploads
the Firmware Package file, the system can reset and switch to
the new version immediately or at a scheduled time and date.
The time specified is relative to the time on the KTS instead of
the PC that WebPro was run from. The technician must take
time zone differences into account when scheduling updates.
8.
Click Start to begin uploading the Firmware Package file. The
progress bar indicates the progress of the upload.
9.
Click OK when asked if you are sure you want to proceed.
10.
The update procedure may take a few minutes to complete.
Do not interact with the browser window until the update is
complete. Do not reset the CPU until the update is complete.
11.
After the upload is complete, a complete message is displayed
in the WebPro browser window.
When immediately is selected for the Schedule Update section,
reset and switching versions takes place at the beginning of the
next minute (e.g., if upload completes at 4:36:29 PM, reset
takes place at 4:37:00 PM).
12.
After a remote upgrade, the Compact Flash must remain in the
system. The CPUII( )-U10 ETU now boots up from the
Compact Flash, not the onboard Flash memory. If the
Compact Flash is removed, the system boots from the old
version in the onboard Flash.
Two versions of firmware are kept on the CF card. One version
is the current version that the CPU booted from. The other
version is the new version to be used at the next bootup. If
bootup fails, the system can revert to the older version.
13.
Connect with WebPro again and go to the System
Configuration section of the Home Page to verify that the
system upgraded to the new version.
14.
The Firmware version underneath Cabinet 1 should look like
the following: CPU: xx.xx(America). The on site technician
can press FEATURE +3 from any multiline terminal.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 15
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Writing new Software from Compact Flash to Onboard FLash
As stated above the new software is on the CF after a remote
upgrade. If the CF is removed from the system, the next reset boots
from the old version. The following procedure describes how to write
the new version to the onboard permanent flash.
1.
Remove the Compact Flash and use a Compact Flash reader
to view the contents of the drive.
2.
Find the BATCH64.UP file.
3.
Rename this file to BATCH64.TXT.
4.
Perform the Upgrading from Compact Flash procedure.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 16
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.2
PKUII-U (Port Key Unit)
When the Port Key Unit is installed, the system is configured as an Expanded
Port Package. When the PKUII-U Unit is not installed, the system is
configured as a Basic Port Package.
The PKUII-U Unit is installed in the IC11 socket of the CPUII( )-U10 ETU.
Table 6-4 PKUII-U Unit Configuration
Basic Port
Expanded Port
Description
Package
Package
Basic Terminals (Telephones)
64
256,
Dedicated CAR/VE
256
256
Basic Terminals + CAR/VE
320,
512
Basic Trunks
64,
200
Universal Slots
24
24
Basic Terminals + Trunks
64,
416,
, Sixteen port slots X 24 Universal slots (384) plus 32 common ports shared by all
three cabinets equals 416 ports.
The PKUII-U Unit cannot be removed after it is installed and the system has been
initialized. If it is removed, the CPUII( )-U10 ETU cannot boot up.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 17
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.3
EXP-U( ) ETU
3.3.1
Description
The EXP-U( ) ETU is the Expansion KSU Controller. This ETU
controls transmission between the CPUII( )-U10 ETU and the other
ETUs installed in the expansion KSU when it is installed.
Figure 6-8 EXP-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 18
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.3.2
Installation
Turn system power off, and install the EXP-U( ) ETU in the
CPU/EXP slot of the expansion KSU.
3.3.3
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN2
Connected to CN3 on the CPUII( )-U10 ETU or CN3
on EXP-U( ) ETU (installed in the first expansion
cabinet) using an expansion cable.
r
CN3
Connected to CN2 on the EXP-U( ) ETU installed in
the third expansion cabinet using the expansion
cable.
Not used when the EXP-U( ) ETU is installed in the
last Expansion KSU.
3.3.4
MOD-U10 Unit
This unit is installed on the CPUII( )-U( ) ETU to provide a modem
and must be installed in connectors J1, J2, J3, and J4.
Figure 6-9 MOD-U10 Unit
The MOD-U10 Unit pins and the sockets of the CPUII( )-U( ) ETU are
labeled. Line up MOD unit connector J1 with CPUII ETU J1 and
MOD unit J2 with CPUII ETU J2, and carefully plug in the unit.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 19
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 4
TRUNK ETUS
The Electronic Telephone Units described in this section provide a link between
trunks in the Electra Elite IPK II system and outside equipment. All ETUs are installed
in the interface slots of the KSU.
4.1
BRT(4)-U10 ETU
4.1.1
Description
The Basic Rate Trunk (BRT) Interface ETU terminates ISDN Basic
Rate Trunk lines and supports four ISDN-BRI circuits. Each trunk
supports two B channels. These eight B channels can be used for
CO trunks with DTMF signaling. Tip and Ring electrical fuses are
provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
This ETU uses an S/T-type interface. When connecting to a CO, a
locally provided Network Termination unit (NT1) is required. Caller
ID is supported.
One BRT ETU provides a maximum of four ISDN circuits that
provide eight B channels to be used as trunks.
Figure 6-10 BRT(4)-U10 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 20
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.1.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of seven BRT(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot in the system. The system limitation is 64 trunks and
station ports combined.
The maximum number of BRT(4)-U10 ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 BRT(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in any interface
slot in the system. The system limitation is 200 trunks.
The maximum number of BRT(4)-U10 ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
4.1.3
Switch Settings
SW1 is the reset switch.
4.1.4
Jumpers
CN101 and CN102
r
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 1. Jumper Pins
1 and 2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100
terminal.
CN201 and CN202
r
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 2. Jumper Pins
1 and 2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100
terminal.
CN301 and CN302
r
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 3. Jumper Pins
1 and 2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100
terminal.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 21
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
CN401 and CN402
r
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 4. Jumper Pins
1 and 2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100
terminal.
4.1.5
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-5 BRT(4)-U10 ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-5 BRT(4)-U10 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LED 1
ETU status
Operation
Normal
No
stopped
Operation
Power
(Power On)
LED 2
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT1
LED 3
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT2
LED 4
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT3
LED 5
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT4
LED 6
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CKT 1
LED 7
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CKT 2
LED 8
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CKT 3
LED 9
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CKT 4
LED
Communication
Communication
Not Used
Normal
10
or self-diagnostics
error
or
Self-diagnostics
in progress
LED
Communication
Communication
Not Used
Normal
11
or self-diagnostics
error
or
Self-diagnostics
in progress
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 22
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.1.6
Connectors
The following connector is included:
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
4.1.7
Connections
MDF for BRT ETU
TA 1
TELCO
ST/4 Wire
TB 1
NT1
RA 1
Circuit 1
RB 1
Network
and CO
U Interface / 2 Wire
TA 2
TB 2
NT1
ST/4 Wire
RA 2
Circuit 2
RB 2
TA 3
TB 3
NT1
ST/4 Wire
RA 3
Circuit 3
RB 3
TA 4
TB 4
NT1
ST/4 Wire
RA 4
Circuit 4
RB 4
Figure 6-11 BRT(4)-U10 Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 23
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.2
BRT(4)-U20 ETU
4.2.1
Description
The Basic Rate Trunk (BRT) Interface ETU terminates ISDN Basic
Rate Trunk lines and supports four ISDN-BRI circuits. Each trunk
supports two B channels. These eight B channels can be used for
CO trunks with DTMF signaling.
This ETU uses an S/T-type interface. When connecting to a CO, a
locally provided Network Termination unit (NT1) is required. Caller
ID is supported.
One BRT ETU provides a maximum of four ISDN circuits that
provide eight B channels to be used as trunks.
Figure 6-12 BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 24
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.2.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of seven BRT(4)-U20 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot in the system. The system limitation is 64 trunk and
station ports combined.
The maximum number of BRT(4)-U20 ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 BRT(4)-U20 ETUs can be installed in any interface
slot in the system. The system limitation is 200 trunks.
The maximum number of BRT(4)-U20 ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
4.2.3
Switch Settings
SW1 is the reset switch.
DSW1 is used for maintenance. Normal operation is all 3 Off.
Switches DSW1~3
ON: IPK II BRT Mode
OFF: IPK BRT Mode
4.2.4
Jumpers
CN101 and CN102
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 1. Jumper Pins 1
and 2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
CN201 and CN202
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 2. Jumper Pins 1 and
2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 25
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
CN301 and CN302
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 3. Jumper Pins 1 and
2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
CN401 and CN402
Set the 100 termination to On or Off for Circuit 4. Jumper Pins 1 and
2 are shorted together at the factory to turn on the 100 terminal.
4.2.5
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-6 BRT(4)-U20 LED Indications.
Table 6-6 BRT(4)-U20 LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LED 1
ETU status
Operation
Normal
No
stopped
Operation
Power
(Power On)
LED 2
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT1
LED 3
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT2
LED 4
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT3
LED 5
L1 status - BRI
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
CKT4
LED 6
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Circuit 1
LED 7
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Circuit 2
LED 8
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Circuit 3
LED 9
B1 or B2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Circuit 4
4.2.6
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN3
DB9 Pin Male connector used for maintenance
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 26
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.2.7
Connections
MDF for BRT ETU
TA 1
TELCO
ST/4 Wire
TB 1
NT1
RA 1
Circuit 1
RB 1
Network
and CO
U Interface / 2 Wire
TA 2
TB 2
NT1
ST/4 Wire
RA 2
Circuit 2
RB 2
TA 3
TB 3
NT1
ST/4 Wire
RA 3
Circuit 3
RB 3
TA 4
TB 4
NT1
ST/4 Wire
RA 4
Circuit 4
RB 4
Figure 6-13 BRT(4)-U20 Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 27
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.3
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
4.3.1
Description
The COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is the Central Office interface. The COI
ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection, holding, dialing, and
control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911.
The COI(8)-U( ) ETU has identical circuits to serve up to eight CO
trunks that can be any combination of Loop Start or Ground Start
with DTMF signaling. The COI(4)-U( ) ETU is for Loop Start trunks
with DTMF signaling only. ETU Tip and Ring electrical fuses are
provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 6-14 COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 6-14 COI(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 28
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.3.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 14 COI(4)-U( ) ETUs or seven COI(8)-U( ) ETUs can
be installed in any interface slot. The system limitation is 64 trunk or
station ports combined.
The maximum number COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 COI(4)-U( ) ETUs or 23 COI(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed in any interface slot. The system limitation is 200 trunks.
The maximum number COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
4.3.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-7 COI(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings.
Table 6-7 COI(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1~8
Set according to the
Switches between Loop Start (LP) or
line type.
Ground Start (GS) Trunks on Lines
Default Setting: LP
1~8 of COI(8)-U10 ETU.
Reset
N/A
Resets the COI ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 29
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.3.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-8 COI(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-8 COI(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation
Normal
No Power
stopped
Operatio
(Power On)
n
LED 1
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 2
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 3
Line 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 4
Line 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
COI(4)/COI(8)
LED 5
Line 5 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 6
Line 6 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Line 7 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Line 8 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.3.5
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 30
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.3.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
MDF
Demark
T 2
T
T 1
T
R 2
R
T 3
R 1
R
T
R 3
R
T 2
T
T 4
T
R 2
R
CO
R 4
R
CO
T 3
T
T 5
T
R 3
R
R 5
R
T 4
T
T 6
T
R 4
R
R 6
R
T 7
T
R 7
R
T 8
T
R 8
R
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
Figure 6-15 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 31
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.4
COIB(4)-U10 ETU
4.4.1
Description
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( ) ETU or
COID(4)-U( ) ETU to provide a Central Office interface. When the
ETU is set for COID mode, Loop Start trunks and /or Caller ID trunks
are supported. When the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start or
Ground Start is supported. Caller ID is not supported in COI mode.
Connections for Ground Start trunks are polarity sensitive.
Fax CO Branch Support is provided on Port 4 only.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
Figure 6-16 COIB(4)-U10 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 32
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.4.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 14 COIB(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot. The system is limited by 64 trunk and station ports
combined.
The maximum number of COIB(4)-U10 ETUs depends on other
trunk cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX
lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 COIB(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot when configured as either a COI/COID ETU. The
system is limited by 200 trunks.
The maximum number of COIB(4)-U10 ETUs depends on other
trunk cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX
lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
4.4.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-9 COIB(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings.
Table 6-9 COIB(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW100~400
Set for line type.
Switches between Loop Start (LP)
Default Setting: LP
or Ground Start (GS) Trunks.
S1
Open for COI
Selects the function for
Shorted (default) for
COIB(4)-U10 ETU between COI
COID
or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(4)-U10 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 33
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.4.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-10 COIB(4)-U10 ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-10 COIB(4)-U10 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
ETU status
Operation
Normal
No Power
LIVE
stopped
Operation
(Power On)
LED 1/
Channel 1
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH1
Status
LED 2/
Channel 2
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH2
Status
LED 3/
Channel 3
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH3
Status
LED 4/
Channel 4
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH4
Status
FAX
FAX Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
Switch SW400 must be set to Loop Start for FAX CO function to work.
4.4.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN2
Future
r
CN3 Future
4.4.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
CO
R 2
R
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
Fax
T 8
T
Branch
R 8
R
Figure 6-17 COIB(4)-U10 ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 34
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.5
COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU
4.5.1
Description
These ETUs functions are similar to the COI(4)-U( ) or COID(4)-U( )
ETU to provide a Central Office interface. Only the COIB(4)-U30 can
support the CO Message Waiting Indication feature. These ETUs
have transmit and receive pad controls. When the ETU is set for
COID mode, Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported.
When the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start is supported.
Ground Start Trunks are not supported. Caller ID is not supported in
COI mode. Fax CO Branch support is provided on port 4 only.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port 3 only.
Tip and RIng electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 60950
requirements.
Figure 6-18 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 35
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.5.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 14 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot. The system is limited by 64 trunk and station ports
combined.
The maximum number of COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETUs depends on other
trunk cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX
lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot when configured as either a COI/COID ETU. The
system is limited by 200 trunks.
The maximum number of COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETUs depends on other
trunk cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX
lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
4.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-11 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper
Settings.
Table 6-11 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Setting
Description
Jumper
JP100~400
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
Receive pad for related
6dB increase
channel
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)
No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
JP101~401
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
Transmit pad for
6dB increase
related channel
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)
No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 36
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-11 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Setting
Description
Jumper
S1
Open for COI
Selects the function for
Shorted (default) for COID
COIB(4)-U20 ETU
between COI or COID
mode.
Reset
N/A
Resets the
COIB(4)-U20 ETU.
4.5.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-12 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-12 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
Operation
Normal
No
LIVE
ETU status
Stopped
Operation
Power
(Power On)
LED 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
FAX
FAX status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.5.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN2
Future
r
CN3 Future
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 37
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.5.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
CO
R 2
R
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
Fax
T 8
T
Branch
R 8
R
Figure 6-19 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Connections
4.5.7
ETU Feature Chart
Refer to Table 6-13 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Feature Chart.
Table 6-13 COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU Feature Chart
CO
Caller ID
Message
Pad
Loop
Ground
Fax
CAMA
ETU
(See
Waiting
Control
Start
Start
Branch
Trunk
Note)
Indicate
COI(4)-U( )
X
X
X
COI(8)-U( )
X
X
X
COID(4)-U( )
X
X
X
X
COID(8)-U( )
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U10
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U20
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U30
X
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U( )
X
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U30
X
X
X
X
X
Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks.
The COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU supports CAMA trunks on port 3 and the
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU supports CAMA trunks on ports 3 and 7. Other ETUs
listed in this table (with the exception of COIB(8)-U( ), support CAMA trunks on
all ports.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 38
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.6
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU
4.6.1
Description
These ETU functions are similar to the COI(8)-U( ) or COID(8)-U( )
ETU to provide Central Office Interface. Only the COIB(8)-U30 ETU
can support the CO Message Waiting Indication Feature. Transmit
and receive pad controls have been added to the COIB(8)-U20/U30
ETU. When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop Start trunks and
Caller ID trunks are supported. When the ETU is set for COI mode,
Loop Start is supported. Ground Start Trunks are not supported.
Caller ID is not supported in COI mode. Fax CO Branch support is
provided on port 4 only. Only DTMF signaling is supported.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911.
CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(8)-U20/U30 ports 3 or 7
only.
Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 60950
requirements. Refer to Figure 6-20 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU.
Figure 6-20 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 39
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.6.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of seven COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot. The system is limited by 64 trunk and station ports
combined.
The maximum number of COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETUs depends on other
trunk cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX
lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETUs can be installed in any
interface slot. A maximum of 23 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETUs can be
installed in any interface slot when configured as COI ETUs. The
system is limited by 200 trunks.
The maximum number of COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETUs depends on other
trunk cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX
lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
4.6.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-14 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper
Settings.
Table 6-14 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Setting
Description
Jumper
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Receive pad for
JP100~800
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)No Gain
related channel
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Transmit pad for
JP101~801
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default)No Gain
related channel
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Open for COI
Selects the function
Shorted (default) for COID
for the COIB(8)-U20/
S1
U30 ETU between
COI or COID mode.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 40
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-14 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Setting
Description
Jumper
Reset
N/A
Resets the
COIB(8)-U20/U30
ETU.
4.6.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-15 COIB(8)-U20/30 ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-15 COIB(8)-U20/30 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation
Normal
No
Stopped (Power
Operation
Power
On)
LED 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 5
Channel 5 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 6
Channel 6 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Channel 7 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Channel 8 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.6.5
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 41
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.6.6
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
R 2
R
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
CO
T 5
T
R 5
R
T 6
T
R 6
R
T 7
T
R 7
R
T 8
T
R 8
R
Figure 6-21 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 42
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.6.7
ETU Feature Chart
Refer to Table 6-16 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Feature Chart.
Table 6-16 COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU Feature Chart
CO
Caller ID
Message
Pad
Loop
Ground
Fax
CAMA
ETU
(See
Waiting
Control
Start
Start
Branch
Trunk
Note)
Indicate
COI(4)-U( )
X
X
X
COI(8)-U( )
X
X
X
COID(4)-U( )
X
X
X
X
COID(8)-U( )
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U10
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U20
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(4)-U30
X
X
X
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U( )
X
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U30
X
X
X
X
X
Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks.
The COIB(4)-U20/U30 ETU supports CAMA trunks on port 3 and the
COIB(8)-U20/U30 ETU supports CAMA trunks on ports 3 and 7. Other ETUs
listed in this table (with the exception of COIB(8)-U( ), support CAMA trunks on
all ports.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 43
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.7
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
4.7.1
Description
The Direct Inward Dialing Interface Unit supports up to four DID or
four 2-way DID lines. Each DID(4)-U( ) ETU requires one interface
slot position in the KSU.
Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and delay dial signaling can
be combined on this ETU.
Figure 6-22 DID(4)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 44
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.7.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 14 DID(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of DID(4)-U( ) ETU depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 DID(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of DID(4)-U( ) ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
4.7.3
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-17 DID(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-17 DID(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
Operation
Normal
No
LIVE
ETU status
Stopped
Operation
Power
(Power On)
LED 1
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Line 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.7.4
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 45
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.7.5
Connections
MDF
Demark
T 1
T
R 1
R
T 2
T
R 2
R
CO
T 3
T
R 3
R
T 4
T
R 4
R
Figure 6-23 DID(4)-U( ) ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 46
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.8
DTI-U40 ETU
4.8.1
Description
The DTI-U40 ETU is a Digital Trunk ETU that terminates FT1 trunks
(up to 24 DS-0 channels). This ETU supports K-CCIS, ANI/DNIS
trunks, and CSU Less Function on T1. On-site firmware upgrade is
supported.
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start signaling can be used
on the DTI-U40 ETU. Dial Pulse dialing, DTMF, Tie line (E&M) and
DID are supported. The DTI-U40 ETU has 24 built-in DTMF
detectors. Each trunk is assigned in groups of four.
When channels are assigned to ANI, the DTI-U40 ETU supports
Feature Group D. The DTI-U40 ETU also supports Feature Group D
incoming MF/outgoing DTMF signaling.
The DTI-U40 ETU supports the K-CCIS common channel signaling
feature with point-to-point E&M Tie lines.
The Integrated Service Digital Network (ISDN) Primary Rate
Interface (PRI) is a public switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
service that provides 23 B channels and one D (23+D) channel for
voice call trunking. The B channels provide 23 CO/DID connections.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 47
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-24 DTI-U40 ETU
4.8.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of two DTI-U40 ETUs, configured as either DTI or PRT,
can be installed in any slot. The system is limited by 64 trunk and
system ports combined.
The maximum number of DTI-U40 ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the CO/PBX lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 11 DTI-U40 ETUs, configured as either DTI or PRT,
can be installed in any slot. The system is limited by 200 trunks.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 48
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
The maximum number of DTI-U40 ETUs depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the CO/PBX lines in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
The maximum number of DTI-U40 ETUs and PRT(1)-U( ) ETUs that
can be installed is 11 per system.
4.8.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-18 DTI-U40 Default Switch Settings.
Table 6-18 DTI-U40 Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW11
ON: Use channel indication by
Used to assign LED
LEDs 1~8
Indications
OFF: Line State indication by
LEDs 1~8 (Default)
SW12
When SW1-1 is ON:
SW13
SW1-2
SW1-3
ON
ON
Not Applicable
OFF
OFF
CH1~ CH8 indication
(Default)
ON
Used
ON
OFF
CH9~ CH16 indication
ON
Used
OFF
ON
CH17~ CH24 indication
ON
Used
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 49
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-18 DTI-U40 Default Switch Settings (Continued)
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1-4
ON: DS-1 Mode (T1 with CSU Function; external CSU not
required)
OFF: DSX-1 Mode (T1 without CSU Function; external CSU
required)
When the system is connected behind an external Channel
Service Unit (CSU), this switch must be ON.
DSX-1 interfaces T1 between the PBX and CSU.
Digital Signal Crossconnect Level 1 (DS-1)
interfaces T1 between the PBX and network with no
CSU (CSU less). Both are standard interfaces
accepted by Telco. Both have the same electrical
characteristics recommended by EIA/TIA 464, but
DSX-1 is preferred because most PBXs have a
CSU/DSU (DSX-1 interface) installed at the
customer site for T1 line protection and ease of
measurements and troubleshooting.
SW1-5
When SW1-4 is ON
SW1-6
SW1-5
SW1-6
OFF
OFF
When LBO = 0dB
ON
OFF
When LBO = -7.5dB
OFF
ON
When LBO= -15dB
ON
ON
When LBO = -22.5dB
LBO (Line Build Out) adds a combination of induc-
tion, capacitance, and resistance to a cable pair so
its electrical length may be increased by a desired
level of impedance and loss characteristics.
SW1-7
When SW1-4 is ON
SW18
SW1-7
SW1-8
OFF
OFF
Normal Mode (Default)
ON
OFF
Line Loop Back Mode
OFF
ON
DTE Loop Back Mode
ON
ON
Local Loop Back Mode
In Local Loop Back, data goes through the entire
transmit and receive process. Line Loop Back
allows user to check transmission line continuity.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 50
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-18 DTI-U40 Default Switch Settings (Continued)
Switch
Setting
Description
SW2-1
Select Running Mode
SW2-2
SW2-1
SW2-2
ON
ON
Test program mode
ON
OFF
Not Used
OFF
ON
F/W upgrade mode
(on-site upgrade)
OFF
OFF
Normal operation
(Default)
SW2-3
ON:
To be determined
OFF: Normal
operation
(Default)
SW2-4
ON:
Watch Timer OFF
OFF: Watch
Timer
ON
(Default)
SW3-1
ON:
T1 mode (Default)
Firmware Version 5.00
OFF:
PRT Mode
Firmware Version 1.00
SW3-2
ON:
To be determined
OFF:
No operation (Default)
SW3-3
ON:
To be determined
OFF:
No operation (Default)
SW3-4
ON:
To be determined
OFF:
No operation (Default)
The DTI-U40 works only with the SW3-2~SW3-4
Default settings.
SW4/5
SW4
SW5
Termination mode
T1/J1
T1 120
T1 mode (Default)
T1/J1
J1 75
J1 mode
E1
T1 120
E1 mode (120
termination)
E1
J1 75
E1 mode (75
termination)
E1 Services are not supported
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 51
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-18 DTI-U40 Default Switch Settings (Continued)
Switch
Setting
Description
SW6
Reset Switch
4.8.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-19 DTI-U40 ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-19 DTI-U40 ETU LED Indications
LED
SW1-1 OFF
With SW1-1 ON
Link Indication
CH1 or CH9 or CH17 Indication
LED 1
ON = Activated
ON = Used
LSA Error Indication
CH2 or CH10 or CH18 Indication
LED 2
ON = Error
ON = Used
AIS Error Indication
CH3 or CH11 or CH19 Indication
LED 3
ON = Error
ON = Used
OOF Error Indication
CH4 or CH12 or CH20 Indication
LED 4
ON = Error
ON = Used
RAI Error Indication
CH5 or CH13 or CH21 Indication
LED 5
ON = Error
ON = Used
Loop Back Indication
CH6 or CH14 or CH22 Indication
LED 6
ON = Loop Back
ON = Used
mode
Self-Test Indication
CH7 or CH15 or CH23 Indication
LED 7
ON = Testing
ON = Used
Used CH Indication
CH8 or CH16 or CH24 Indication
LED 8
ON = Using a chan-
ON = Used
nel
LIVE Indication
LED 9
ON = Activate
4.8.5
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm condition is given below.
r
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
On red when the system is receiving an Alarm Indication Signal
from an FT1 trunk.
r
Controlled Slip Event Detection (SLIP)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 52
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
On red when the timing difference between a synchronous
receiving terminal and the received signal exceeds the
buffering ability of the terminal.
r
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event Detection
On red when a CRC Error occurs.
r
Excessive Bipolar Violation (BPV) Detection
On red when excessive BPV is detected.
r
Line Synchronization Alarm (LSA) Detection
On red when an FT1 trunk loses frame synchronization.
r
Out-of-Frame (OOF) Condition Detection
On red when two of the four or five framing data bits received
are in error.
r
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
On red when RAl is received.
4.8.6
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN3
Serial Port DB-9
4.8.7
Connections
Although the DTI-U40 ETU can connect directly to the Telco TI
Smart Jack, your Telco may require you to purchase and install a
separate Channel Service Unit (CSU) between the Smart Jack and
the DTI-U40 ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 53
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
MDF
TA
TELCO
T1
4-Wire
CSU/DSU
TB
Provider
Cable
RA
RB
MDF
TA
TELCO
T1
4-Wire
TB
Provider
Cable
RA
RB
Figure 6-25 DTI-U40 ETU Connectors
MDF
TA
ISDN PRI
ISDN
TB
PRI
CSU/DSU
Provider
RA
RB
The CSU may not always be required
Figure 6-26 ISDN PRI Connectors
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 54
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.9
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
4.9.1
Description
The Tie Line Interface ETU supports the termination and operation of
up to two E&M Tie lines (4-wire, type I and type V, and 10/20 pps
Dial Pulse or DTMF).
Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and delay dial
signaling can be combined on this ETU.
1
CN
LED 3
LED 2
LED 1
TYPE V
TYPE V
SW101
SW201
TYPE I
TYPE I
Figure 6-27 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 55
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.9.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 14 TLI(2)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of TLI(2)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed for
the depends on other trunk cards installed. The system is limited by
64 trunk and station ports combined.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports. When 2-port trunk interface ETUs are installed the
system uses four ports from its maximum port capacity.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 TLI(2)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of TLI(2)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed for
the depends on other trunk cards installed. The system is limited by
200 trunks.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports. When 2-port trunk interface ETUs are installed the stem
uses four ports from its maximum port capacity.
4.9.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-20 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings.
Table 6-20 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW101
When lines provided by this unit are
Switch Type I or
used for back-to-back connections,
Type V for Line 1
set to Type V.
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
SW201
When lines provided by this unit are
Switch Type I or
used for back-to-back connections,
Type V for Line 2
set to Type V.
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 56
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.9.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-21 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-21 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
Operation
Normal
No
LED 1
ETU status
Stopped
Operation
Power
(Power On)
LED 2
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.9.5
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
4.9.6
Connections
Side A
Side B
Telco
MDF
E
E
M
M
T
T
T R
T
R
R T
T R
R
R
Figure 6-28 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 57
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 5
STATION ETUS
The station Electronic Telephone Units are installed in the interface slots of the KSU.
5.1
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
5.1.1
Description
The Electronic Station Interface ETU contains eight circuits. Each
circuit can support any Attendant Console, Multiline Terminal, or
Single Line Telephone adapter.
Figure 6-29 ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 58
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.1.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of seven ESI(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots
S1~S8.
The maximum number of ESI(8)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by 64
trunk and station ports combined. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 ESI(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of ESI(8)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by
256 stations. This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the
system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
5.1.3
Switch Settings
SW1 resets the ETU.
5.1.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
r
Blinking Red Normal Operation
r
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
r
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
r
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
r
Off
All ports idle
5.1.5
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 59
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.1.6
Connections
BK
RD
To
MDF
GN
To Telephone
YL
RJ-11
Figure 6-30 ESI(8)-U( ) ETU Connection
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 60
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.2
ESIB(8)-U20 ETU
5.2.1
Description
The ESIB(8)-U20 ETU is the basic Electronic Station Interface ETU
that provides an 8-channel interface for Multiline Terminals,
Attendant Consoles, Single Line Telephone Adapter SLTII(1)-U10
ADP. This ETU can be expanded to 16 channels by installing the
ESIE(8)-U20 ETU.
Figure 6-31 ESIB(8)-U20 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 61
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.2.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of seven ESIB(8)-U20 ETUs can be installed in slots
S1~S8.
The maximum number of ESIB(8)-U20 ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by 64
trunk and station ports combined. This ETU shares the total number
of Station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 23 ESIB(8)-U20 ETUs can be installed in slots
S1~S8.
The maximum number of ESIB(8)-U20 ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by
256 stations. This ETU shares the total number of Station ports in the
system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Refer to Chapter 3 System Specifications, Section 4 KSU Power-
Based Calculator Chart for Universal Slots.
5.2.3
Switch Settings
SW1 resets the ETU.
5.2.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
r
Blinking Red Normal Operation
r
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
r
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
r
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
r
Off
All ports idle
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 62
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.2.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
EXCN1
Connects to EXCN1 on the ESIE(8)-U20 ETU.
r
EXCN2
Connects to EXCN2 on the ESIE(8)-U20 ETU.
5.2.6
Connections
BK
RD
To
MDF
GN
To Telephone
YL
RJ-11
Figure 6-32 ESIB(8)-U20 ETU Connection
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 63
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.3
ESIE(8)-U20 ETU
5.3.1
Description
The ESIE(8)-U20 ETU is the expansion Electronic Station Interface
ETU that provides an additional 8-channel interface for Multiline
Terminals, Attendant Consoles, Single Line Telephone Adapter
SLTII(1)-U10 ADP. This expansion ESI ETU is piggybacked on the
ESIB(8)-U20 ETU.
RJ-45
RJ-45
Figure 6-33 ESIE(8)-U20 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 64
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.3.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of three ESIE(8)-U20 ETUs , piggybacked on an
ESIB(8), can be installed in slots S1~S8. The system is limited by 64
trunk and station ports combined.
The maximum number of ESIE(8)-U20 ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. This ETU shares the total
number of stations in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 15 ESIE(8)-U20 ETUs, piggybacked on an ESIB(8),
can be installed in slots S1~S8. The system is limited by 256
stations.
The maximum number of ESIE(8)-U20 ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. This ETU shares the total
number of stations in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Refer to Chapter 3 System Specifications,Section 4 KSU Power-
Based Calculator Chart for Universal Slots.
5.3.3
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
EXCN1
Connects to EXCN1 on the ESIB(8)-U20 ETU.
r
EXCN2
Connects to EXCN2 on the ESIB(8)-U20 ETU.
r
MJ1
Connects to MDF RJ-61 (four ESI ports 1~4).
r
MJ2
Connects to MDF RJ-61 (four ESI ports 5~8).
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 65
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.3.4
Connections
BK
RD
To
MDF
GN
To Telephone
YL
RJ-11
Figure 6-34 ESIE(8)-U20 ETU Connection
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 66
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.3.5
Pin Assignments
The pin assignments are for connecting eight Multiline Terminals to
the ESIE(8)-U20 ETU. Refer to Table 6-22 ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU MJ1
Pin Assignments and Table 6-23 ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU MJ2 Pin
Assignments.
Table 6-22 ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU MJ1 Pin Assignments
MJ1
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
Pin Color
(RJ-61)
1
T4
CH3Tip
WHTBRN
2
T3
CH2Tip
WHTGRN
3
T2
CH1Tip
WHTORN
4
R1
CH0Ring
BLUWHT
5
T1
CH0Tip
WHTBLU
6
R2
CH1Ring
ORNWHT
7
R3
CH2Ring
GRNWHT
8
R4
CH3Ring
BRNWHT
Table 6-23 ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU MJ2 Pin Assignments
MJ2
Pin
Signal
Signal Name
Pin Color
(RJ-61)
1
T8
CH7Tip
WHTBRN
2
T7
CH6Tip
WHTGRN
3
T6
CH5Tip
WHTORN
4
R5
CH4Ring
BLUWHT
5
T5
CH4Tip
WHTBLU
6
R6
CH5Ring
ORNWHT
7
R7
CH6Ring
GRNWHT
8
R8
CH7Ring
BRNWHT
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 67
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.4
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
5.4.1
Description
The OPX(2)-U( ) ETU is the interface for two off-premise extensions.
This ETU has a built-in ringing signal generator (RSG). A maximum
of 1600 of loop resistance (including the Single Line Telephone) is
acceptable between the OPX(2)-U( ) ETU and a Single Line
Telephone.
This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection, talk
battery, sending ringing signals from the RSG unit to the Single Line
Telephones, and dial pulse detection.
Figure 6-35 OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 68
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.4.2
Installation
The extension can be run up to approximately three miles (5 km)
using 24 AWG wiring.
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 6 OPX(2)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of OPX(2)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by 64
trunk and station ports combined. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports. When 2-port trunk interface ETUs are installed the
system uses four ports from its maximum port capacity.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 22 OPX(2)-U ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of OPX(2)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by
256 stations. This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the
system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports. When 2-port trunk interface ETUs are installed the
system uses four ports from its maximum port capacity.
5.4.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
r
Blinking Red Normal Operation
r
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On).
r
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
r
Steady Red
One port busy
r
Off
All ports idle
5.4.4
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 69
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.4.5
Connections
BK
RD
To
MDF
GN
Single Line
YL
Telephone
RJ-11
Figure 6-36 OPX(2)-U( ) ETU CN1 Connection
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 70
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.5
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
5.5.1
Description
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a maximum of four Single
Line Telephones and/or analog voice mail ports. This ETU provides
Ringing Signal Generator (RSG), and Message Waiting (MW) LED
voltage to Single Line Telephones.
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a maximum of eight Single
Line Telephones and/or voice mail ports. This ETU provides Ringing
Signal Generator (RSG), and Message Waiting (MW) LED voltage to
Single Line Telephones.
Figure 6-37 SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 71
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.5.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 12 SLI(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
A maximum of six SLI(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by 64
trunk and station ports combined. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 22 SLI(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
A maximum of 22 SLI(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by
256 stations. This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the
system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
5.5.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
r
Blinking Red Normal Operation
r
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On).
r
Off
No Power
BUSY indications are listed below.
r
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
r
Off
All ports idle
5.5.4
Connectors
The following connector is included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 72
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.5.5
Connections
BK
RD
To
MDF
GN
Single Line
YL
Telephone
RJ-11
Figure 6-38 SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 73
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.6
SLIB(4)-U10 ETU
5.6.1
Description
The SLIB(4)-U( ) ETU is the basic Single Line Interface ETU that
provides a 4-channel interface for a Single Line Telephone, and also
provides Ringing Signal Generator (RSG), Message Waiting (MW)
LED voltage, and Caller ID to Single Line Telephones.
This ETU can be expanded to eight channels by installing the
SLIE(4)-U10 ETU.
Figure 6-39 SLIB(4)-U10 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 74
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.6.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of 12 SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by 64
trunk and station ports combined. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 22 SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8
in any KSU.
The maximum number of SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by
256 stations of which 8 would be ESI ports. This ETU shares the
total number of station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
When initially installing the SLIB(4)-U10 ETU, it may be necessary to
press the RESET switch for the ETU to boot up properly.
5.6.3
Switch Settings
Table 6-24 SLIB(4)-U10 ETU SW2 Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Purpose
ON
4 Channels (Default)
1
OFF
8 Channels
ON
2
OFF
See Table below for SW2-2 and
SW2-3 details
SW2
ON
3
OFF
SLI(4)/(8) -U10 Mode
ON
(Caller-ID Disable) (Default)
4
SLIB/SLIE(4)-U( ) Mode
OFF
(Caller-ID Enable)
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 75
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-25 SW2-2/SW2-3 Details
SW 2-2
SW 2-3
Function
ON
ON
Factory Test
OFF
ON
Firmware Upgrade
ON
OFF
Not Used
Normal Operation
OFF
OFF
(Default)
Table 6-26 SLIB(4)-U10 ETU SW3 Switch Settings
SW 3-1
SW 3-2
SW 3-3
SW 3-4
Country Selection
ON
ON
ON
ON
North America (Default)
Multiple SLT Devices (One
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Single Line Telephone and
one External Loud Ringer)
Firmware Version 1.72 or higher is required for the Multiple SLT
Devices setting.
5.6.4
LED Indications
LED 1 (LIVE) indications are:
r
Flashing Red (Normal Operation)
r
Steady Red (Operation Stopped, Power On)
r
Off (No Power)
LED 2 (BUSY) indications are:
r
Steady Red (Some ports Busy)
r
Off (All ports idle)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 76
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.6.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN4
Connects to CN4 on the SLIE(4)-U( ) ETU.
r
CN5
Connects to CN5 on the SLIE(4)-U( ) ETU.
5.6.6
Connections
BK
RD
To
MDF
GN
Single Line
YL
Telephone
RJ-11
Figure 6-40 SLIB(4)-U10 ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 77
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.7
SLIE(4)-U10 ETU
5.7.1
Description
The SLIE(4)-U10 ETU is the expansion Single Line Interface ETU
That plugs into the SLIB(4)-U10 ETU to provide an additional
4-channel interface for a Single Line Telephone, and also provides
Ringing Signal Generator (RSG) and Message Waiting (MW) LED
voltage to Single Line Telephones.
Figure 6-41 SLIE(4)-U10 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 78
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.7.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of six SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs with the SLIE(4)-U10 ETU
installed can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The maximum number of SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs with the SLIE(4)-U10
ETU installed depends on other station cards installed. The system
is limited by 64 trunk and station ports combined. This ETU shares
the total number of station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 22 SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs with the SLIE(4)-U10 ETU
installed can be installed in slots S1~S8 in any KSU.
The maximum number of SLIB(4)-U10 ETUs with the SLIE(4)-U10
ETU installed depends on other station cards installed. The system
is limited by 256 stations. This ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
5.7.3
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN4
Connects to CN4 on the SLIB(4)-U( ) ETU.
r
CN5
Connects to CN5 on the SLIB(4)-U( ) ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 79
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.7.4
Connections
BK
RD
To
MDF
GN
Single Line
YL
Telephone
RJ-11
Figure 6-42 SLIB(4)-U10 ETU Connections
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 80
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 6
VOICE MAIL ETUS
6.1
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
6.1.1
Description
The CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU is a Digital Voice Mail system that
supports a maximum of four ports.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite IPK II that
contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording and application
software. A digital signal processor/voice processing section
handles the following functions:
r
DTMF detection
r
DTMF generation
r
General tone detection
r
FAX CNG tone detection
r
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
r
Automatic gain control (AGC)
r
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 19.2 Kbps)
This ETU provides two or four ports for digital voice mail. Refer to
Table 6-27 Configuration Support Table.
Table 6-27 Configuration Support Table
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU.
Hardware
One CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamp.
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 81
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
COM1
Figure 6-43 CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 82
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-44 CMS-U30 ETU
6.1.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
Only one CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU or one CMS-U30 ETU can be
installed in slots S1~S8.
Expanded Port Package
Only one CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU or one CMS-U30 ETU can be
installed in slots S1~S8.
Each system can support only one CMS, CTI/VP, CTP, FMS, VMS,
or VMP ETU.
When installing this ETU, make all ETU DIP switch setting
changes before inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU
is off.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 83
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.3
Switch Settings
For Revision Q00431 v 6.68 or higher, refer toTable 6-28 CMS(2)/
(4)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Functions.
Table 6-28 CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Functions
DIP DIP DIP DIP
Description
1
2
3
4
ON
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only)
ON
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection
and run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production
only)
ON
To connect to CoSession using modem
instead of direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode)
Used for Revision Q00431 v 6.68 or higher.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 84
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-29 CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indicators.
Table 6-29 CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indicators
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving
Not Used
No Power
Power
CH1
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH2
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH3
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH4
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
MB
MB Switch Status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
DOS Status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application Status
Red: DOS
Not Used
Idle
started
(VM Not
Ready)
Green: VM
Running
Orange: Error
If BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console screen.
After error is corrected, LED automatically changes to green.
Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns
green during booting.
HD
Flash Status
Not Used
Compact
Flash
Flash Disk
Inactive
Active
Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 85
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-30 CMS-U30 ETU LED Indications
LED
Name
Description
LED 1
APP1
Indicates status of voice mail application software
Green Application running without errors
Amber Application running with errors
Red
Application not running
LED 2
APP 2
Not Used
LED 3
Drive
HDD active light is red when the hard drive is accessed
Do not reset the ETU while this switch is on.
LED 4
CF Power
On when shutdown switch in Run to indicate power on the
ETU
LED 5
ICGA
Live LED flashes every 125 ms during normal operation
LED 6
Shut Down
Indicates that the switch has no software control.
Switch
On red only when SHUTDOWN switch is in Run
LED 7
Shutdown
On red when Switch S3 is in SHUT DOWN to indicate that
voice mail can be safely removed form the KSU
LED 8
Power
On red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU
LED 9
FED DSP
Used only for development purposes
LED 10
CH 1
On red when voice channel 1 is Off-Hook
LED 11
CH 2
On red when voice channel 2 is Off-Hook
LED 12
CH 3
On red when voice channel 3 is Off-Hook
LED 13
CH 4
On red when voice channel 4 is Off-Hook
LED 14
CH 5
On red when voice channel 5 is Off-Hook
LED 15
CH 6
On red when voice channel 6 is Off-Hook
LED 16
CH 7
On red when voice channel 7 is Off-Hook
LED 17
CH 8
On red when voice channel 8 is Off-Hook
The first four channel LEDs are also used during startup to show that the
BICOM driver is loaded (LED 1), Scan disk successfully completed (LED 2),
CoSession Host successfully Loaded (LED 3), and voice mail started
successfully (LED 4). After the system is up and running and all channels are
ready to receive calls, these LEDs are Off. When voice mail does not start
successfully, all eight channel LEDs and LED 1 are On.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 86
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
J2 and J3
Used to install the MDM-F-20 Unit.
r
J9
Connects to the backplane.
r
9-pin RS-232 (COM2)
Connector is not used (MDM-F-20 Unit).
r
RJ-11 modem port (COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20 Unit).
r
9-pin RS-232 (COM1)
Local serial connector on main ETU for direct connection.
6.1.6
Jumper Settings
J1
Used only on FMS/CMS
Pin 1 to Pin 2
No external modem connected (default)
Pin 2 to Pin 3
External modem connected
6.1.7
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
J2
Connects to the backplane.
r
J6
Used for Compact flash drive on FMS.
r
J10
Not used.
r
J11)
COM port for console programming connection
r
J12
Port expansion connector for DSP-U30
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 87
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.2
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
6.2.1
Description
The CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU is a 4-, 8-, 12-, or 16-port
Digital Voice Mail system that can support TeLANophy, inbound or
outbound faxing and Hospitality/HVM applications.
The EliteMail VP cannot support TeLANophy or faxing and
Hospitality/HVM applications, but it can be upgraded to EliteMail CTI
when these features are required.
For a 4- or 8-port system, only the System Board and one slot are
required. For the 12- or 16-port system, the Daughter Board that
attaches to the System board, and the Port Expansion Board that
requires another slot are also required.
This ETU is a PC platform, installed in the Electra Elite IPK II system,
that contains hard disk space for voice recording storage and
application software. A digital signal processor/voice processing
section handles the following functions:
r
DTMF detection/generation
r
General tone detection
r
FAX CNG tone detection
r
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
r
Automatic gain control
r
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 115,200 bps) used
for direct connection console programming and backup/restore
r
A LAN port with an RJ-45 connector (activated only with CTI)
r
Up to two fax ports (activated only with CTI)
r
A built-in modem for remote console programming that
supports up to 19.2 Kbps
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 88
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-31 Configuration Support
Function
Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (no transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
KSU backplane connection
RJ-45 LAN connection
RJ-11 Modem connection
VGA connection for monitor support
PS2 Keyboard and Mouse connections
Hardware
One CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Uses message waiting lamp
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive connect: Digital signal
A
B
C
R
Q
P
O
N
M
L
K
J
I
H
G
F
E
D
Figure 6-45 EliteMail CTI System Board
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 89
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.2.1.1
System Board Components
The components identified in Figure 6-45 EliteMail CTI
System Board are listed and described in Table 6-32
System Board Components.
Table 6-32 System Board Components
Item
Description
A
Backplane connector
Switch SW2
B
Not used. Keep indicated default settings.
Switch SW1
C
Not used. Keep indicated default settings.
D
Port Expansion Board (PEB) cable
E
Modem connector
F
Hard Drive (HD) LED
G
Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector
H
Local Area Network (LAN) connector
I
Keyboard connector
J
Mouse connector
K
COM Serial Port connector
L
VGA Monitor connector
Switch SW3
DIP switch 1 default is Off so the voice messaging
application starts when the board is turned On. Set
this switch On to start OS/2 software only.
M
DIP switch 2 default is Off for direct serial remote
access connections. Set this switch On for modem
connections.
DIP switches 3 and 4 are not used and should be left
On.
The power button cuts the power to the board from
N
the PC and the hard drive and should not be used.
Voice messaging software LED
Green when software is active
O
Amber when active with possible application problem
Red when inactive or shut down
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 90
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-32 System Board Components (Continued)
Item
Description
Shutdown switch
Default is On. Place Off to shut down the software
and system board properly before turning off the
P
telephone system and disconnecting the system
board.
Place On before restarting The board restarts only
when the switch is On.
Shutdown LED
Red when switch is On.
Q
Green when switch is Off.
After the LED goes off, turn off power to the KSU and
disconnect the board.
Make Busy switch and LED
R
Do not use. Must always be On with a red LED.
A
B
C
D E
F G
H
I
J K
L
M
Figure 6-46 EliteMail CTI Daughter Board
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 91
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.2.1.2
Daughter Board Components
The components identified in Figure 6-47 EliteMail CTI
Port Expansion Board are listed and described inTable
6-33 Daughter Board Components.
Table 6-33 Daughter Board Components
Item
Description
A
F206 LED
B
CGA LED
C
Application LED
D~K
VM Channel LEDs 1~8 respectively
L, M
Fax Channel LEDs Channel 1, Channel 2
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Figure 6-47 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 92
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.2.1.3
Port Expansion Board
The components identified in Figure 6-47 EliteMail CTI
Port Expansion Board are listed and described in Table
6-34 Port Expansion Board Components.
Table 6-34 Port Expansion Board Components
Item
Description
A
Backplane connector
B
MB LED Always On when board is installed
C
MB switch Do not use, leave On
D
F206 LED
E
CGA Live LED
F~M
VM Channels 9~16, respectively
6.2.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
Only one CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU can be installed in a
system.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Expanded Port Package
Only one CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU can be installed in a
system.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Each system can support only one CMS, CTI/VP, CTP, FMS, VMS,
or VMP ETU.
When installing this ETU, make all ETU DIP switch setting
changes before inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU
is off.
6.2.3
LED Indications
The HD LED flashes red when the hard drive is active.
Do not reset the ETU when the HD LED is flashing.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 93
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3
CTP( )-U10 ETU
6.3.1
Description
This ETU is a multiplatform system that supports a maximum of 16
ports.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite IPK II that
contains data storage for voice recording and application software.
A digital signal processor/voice processing section handles the
following functions:
r
DTMF detection
r
DTMF generation
r
General tone detection
r
FAX CNG tone detection
r
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
r
Automatic gain control (AGC)
r
Two USB 1.0 ports for USB Keyboard and Mouse support
r
One 15-pin VGA connector for VGA monitor support
6.3.2
Checklist of Components
This section describes the steps for assembling a CTP( )-U10 ETU.
Confirm that you have all of the components for the installation. If
you did not receive all the components, call your sales
representative.
r
CTP( )-U10 ETU
r
Memory SO-DIMM 256M
r
DSPII-U10 Unit, two for 12- or 16-port installations
r
Drive
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 94
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-48 CTP( )-U10 ETU (Front View)
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 95
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-49 CTP( )-U10 ETU (Back View)
6.3.3
Installation
Basic Port Package
Only one CTP( )-U10 ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8.
Each system can support only one CMS, CTI/VP, CTP, FMS, VMS,
or VMP ETU.
Expanded Port PAckage
Only one CTP( )-U10 ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8.
Each system can support only one CMS, CTI/VP, CTP, FMS, VMS,
or VMP ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 96
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Handle the drive and DSP carefully! Do not drop the
drive or apply pressure to it. Do not touch the printed
circuit board unnecessarily. Doing so can make it
inoperable.
This unit makes extensive use of CMOS technology that is very
susceptible to static; therefore, extreme care must be taken to avoid
static discharge when handling.
A 4-port CTP( )-U10 ETU must be programmed as an 8-port
CTP( )-U10 ETU. Ports 5~8 should not be assigned extension
numbers or included in the hunt group.
A 12-port CTP( )-U10 ETU must be programmed as a 16-port
CTP-U10 ETU. Ports 13~16 should not be assigned extension
numbers or included in the hunt group.
6.3.4
Installing Drive on CTP( )-U10 ETU
1.
Before installing the drive, make sure the four screws are
started, as shown in Figure 6-50 Before Installing the Drive.
They should not be tightened down all the way, as this prevents
mounting the drive on the ETU.
Figure 6-50 Before Installing the Drive
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 97
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Line up the four screws with the four slots in the drive mounting
bracket, then lower the drive into the bracket. Make sure all
four screws are seated in the bracket. Refer to Figure 6-51
Line up Four Screws.
Figure 6-51 Line up Four Screws
3.
Slide the drive toward the connector, making sure all the pins
line up with the connector. Push until it is firmly seated into the
connector. There should be no exposed pins. Refer to Figure
6-52 Slide Drive Toward Connector.
Figure 6-52 Slide Drive Toward Connector
4.
Carefully tighten the four screws.
5.
The ETU is now ready to be installed in the KSU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 98
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3.5
Removing the Drive
1.
Loosen the four screws that hold the drive in place. Refer to
Figure 6-53 Loosen the Four Screws.
Figure 6-53 Loosen the Four Screws
2.
After the four screws are loosened, push the drive towards the
back plane connector until it is unplugged from the drive
connector. Refer to Figure 6-54 Push Drive Toward Backplane.
Figure 6-54 Push Drive Toward Backplane
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 99
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Carefully lift the drive up to remove it from the ETU. You can
now access the DSP Module slots. Refer to Figure 6-55 Lift up
and Remove Drive from ETU.
Figure 6-55 Lift up and Remove Drive from ETU
6.3.6
Installing DSPs on the CTP( )-U10 ETU
Slot DSP Module 1 is always used so 4-port and 8-port configurations
have a DSP8-U10 in this slot only. Slot DSP Module 2 is used only
for 12-port and 16-port configurations.
1.
Wear a grounding strap while handling the CTP( )-U10 ETU
and DSP, and lay both on a flat workspace.
2.
The DSPs are installed under the drive, so the drive must be
removed first. Refer to section 6.3.5 Removing the Drive for
instructions on removing the drive.
3.
Start by inserting the end with the brass connectors into the
DSP Module 1 slot first. Refer to Figure 6-56 Insert Brass
Connector End.
Figure 6-56 Insert Brass Connector End
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 100
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Push the other end down until the locks on both sides click to
hold it in place. Refer to Figure 6-57 Push Other End Down
Until it Locks.
Repeat steps 2 and 3, using the slot labeled DSP Module 2, to
install another DSP. Otherwise you are now ready to install the
drive.
Figure 6-57 Push Other End Down Until it Locks
6.3.7
Installing and Removing the CTP( )-U10 ETU
A 4-port CTP( )-U10 ETU must be programmed as an 8-port
CTP-U10 ETU. Ports 5~8 should not be assigned extension numbers
or included in the hunt group.
A 12-port CTP( )-U10 ETU must be programmed as a 16-port
CTP-U10 ETU. Ports 13~16 should not be assigned extension
numbers or included in the hunt group.
1.
Make sure the KSU power is off.
2.
Install the ETU in the KSU.
3.
Turn ON the KSU system power.
4.
Wait for the APP1 LED to turn green.
5.
Verify that all ports answer.
6.
To shut down the voice mail, press the SHUT DOWN
Switch S3, and wait for the SHUT DOWN LED to light green.
It may take several minutes for the voice mail to shutdown.
7.
Turn OFF the KSU power, and remove the ETU from the KSU.
8.
Make sure to transport the ETU in the original packaging.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 101
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3.8
Switch Settings
For switch setting information, refer to documentation for the Specific
application.
6.3.9
LED Indications
For LED indication information, refer to documentation for the
Specific application.
6.3.10
Connectors
The CTP( )-U10 ETU has the following connectors:
r
USB
Connectors for USB mouse and Keyboard
r
DIMM1
Slot for SO-DIMM memory
r
Compact Flash
Flash drive slot
r
Hard Drive
Connection for drive media
r
LAN
RJ-45 LAN connector for network connection
r
DSP Module 1
Port expansion connector for first DSP8-U10; this slot should
be used for 4-and 8-port configurations.
r
DSP Module 2
Port expansion connector for second DSP8-U10; this slot
should be used when adding a second DSP8-U10 for 12-and
16-port configurations.
r
VGA
Connector for VGA type video monitor
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 102
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.4
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)- U( )
6.4.1
Description
The FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is a Digital Voice Mail system that
supports a maximum of eight ports.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite IPK II that
contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording and application
software. A digital signal processor/voice processing section
handles the following functions:
r
DTMF detection
r
DTMF generation
r
General tone detection
r
FAX CNG tone detection
r
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
r
Automatic gain control (AGC)
r
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 19.2 Kbps)
This ETU provides 2-, 4-, or 8-ports for digital voice mail. Refer to
Table 6-35 Configuration Support Table.
Table 6-35 Configuration Support Table
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU.
Hardware
One FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamp
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 103
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
COM1
Figure 6-58 FMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 104
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-59 FMS(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 105
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-60 FMS-U30 ETU
6.4.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
Only one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or one FMS-U30 can be installed
in slots S1~S8.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Expanded Port Package
Only one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or one FMS-U30 can be installed
in slots S1~S8.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Each system can support only one CMS, CTI/VP, CTP, FMS, VMS,
or VMP ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 106
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
When installing this ETU, make all ETU DIP switch setting
changes before inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU
is off.
6.4.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-36 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings, for
Revision Q26031 v 6.65 or lower. For Revision Q26031 v 6.68 or
higher, refer to Table 6-37 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch
Functions.
Table 6-36 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
Normally Off.
(On to enable COM1.)
2
Normally Off.
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled for
HOSTKEY and the VM application is stopped for
Maintenance.
3
On to enable COM2 for remote RS-232/RJ-11.
Off to allow COM1 local connection.
4
Not Used.
Used for Revision Q26031 v 6.65 or lower.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 107
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-37 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Functions
DIP DIP DIP DIP
Description
1
2
3
4
ON
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only).
ON
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection
and run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production
only).
ON
To connect to CoSession using modem
instead of direct cable connection.
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection.
ON
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection.
ON
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode).
Used for Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or higher.
6.4.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-38 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-38 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving
Not Used
No Power
Power
CH1
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH2
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH3
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH4
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH5
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH6
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 108
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-38 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications (Continued)
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
CH7
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
CH8
Port Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not
Used
MB
MB Switch Status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
DOS Status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application Status
Red: DOS
Not Used
Idle
started
(VM Not
Ready)
Green: VM
Running
Orange: Error
When BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console
screen. After error is corrected, LED automatically changes to
green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until
BCLR turns green during booting.
HD
Flash Status
Not Used
Compact
Flash
Flash Disk
Inactive
Active
Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
Table 6-39 FMS-U30 ETU LED Indications
LED
Name
Description
LED 1
APP1
Indicates status of voice mail application software:
Green: Application running without errors.
Amber: Application running with errors.
Red:
Application not running.
LED 2
APP 2
Not Used
LED 3
Drive
HDD active light is red when the hard drive is
accessed.
Do not reset the ETU while this switch is
on.
LED 4
CF Power
On when shutdown switch in Run to indicate power
on the ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 109
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-39 FMS-U30 ETU LED Indications (Continued)
LED
Name
Description
LED 5
ICGA
Live LED flashes every 125 ms during normal
operation
LED 6
Shut Down
Indicates that the switch has no software control.
Switch
On red only when SHUTDOWN switch is in Run
LED 7
Shutdown
On red when Switch S3 is in SHUT DOWN to
indicate that voice mail can be safely removed form
the KSU
LED 8
Power
On red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU
LED 9
FED DSP
Used only for development purposes
LED 10
CH 1
On red when voice channel 1 is Off Hook
LED 11
CH 2
On red when voice channel 2 is Off Hook
LED 12
CH 3
On red when voice channel 3 is Off Hook
LED 13
CH 4
On red when voice channel 4 is Off Hook
LED 14
CH 5
On red when voice channel 5 is Off Hook
LED 15
CH 6
On red when voice channel 6 is Off Hook
LED 16
CH 7
On red when voice channel 7 is Off Hook
LED 17
CH 8
On red when voice channel 8 is Off Hook
The first four channel LEDs are also used during startup to show
that the BICOM driver is loaded (LED 1), Scan disk successfully
completed (LED 2), CoSession Host successfully Loaded (LED 3),
and voice mail started successfully (LED 4). After the system is up
and running and all channels are ready to receive calls, these LEDs
are Off. When voice mail does not start successfully, all eight
channel LEDs and LED 1 are On.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 110
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.4.5
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
J2 and J3
Used to install the MDM-F-20 Unit.
r
J9
Connects to the backplane.
r
9-pin RS-232 (COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20 Unit).
r
RJ-11 modem port (COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20 Unit)
r
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local serial connector on main ETU for direct connection
6.4.6
FMS-U30 ETU Jumper Settings
J1
Used only on FMS/CMS
Pin 1 to Pin 2
No external modem connected (default)
Pin 2 to Pin 3
External modem connected
6.4.7
FMS-U30 ETU Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
J2
Connects to the backplane.
r
J6
Used for Compact flash drive on FMS.
r
J11
COM port for console programming connection
r
J12
Port expansion connector for DSP-U30
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 111
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.5
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
6.5.1
Description
The VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is a 2-, 4-, or 8-port Digital Voice Mail
system.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite IPK II and
contains hard disk space for voice recording storage and application
software. A digital signal processor/voice processing section handles
the following functions:
r
DTMF detection
r
DTMF generation
r
General tone detection
r
FAX CNG tone detection
r
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
r
Automatic gain control (AGC)
r
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 19.2 Kbps) to
connect external modem
This ETU provides 2-, 4-, or 8-ports for digital voice mail. The 2- and
4-port require the included digital signal processor (DSP); the 8-port
configuration requires a DSP-F-21 Unit. Refer to This ETU provides
2-, 4-, or 8-ports for digital voice mail. The 2- and 4-port require the
included digital signal processor (DSP); the 8-port configuration
requires a DSP-F-21 Unit. Refer to Table 6-40 Configuration Support
Table.
Table 6-40 Configuration Support Table
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU.
Hardware
One VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamp
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 112
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
8-port VMS(8)-U( ) ETU shown
Option Kit required for remote
with 4-port auxiliary DSP installed.
maintenance is purchased
For VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, the
separately.
auxiliary is not required.
DIP Switch
Up = Off
Down = On
9-pin RS-232
COM 2 Ports
Modem Port RJ-11
Make Busy Switch
COM 1
Local Connection
Figure 6-61 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 113
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-62 VMS-U30 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 114
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.5.2
Installation
The VMS(2)-U10 ETU has two channels of built-in Voice Mail.
The VMS(4)-U10 ETU has four channels of built-in Voice Mail.
The VMS(8)-U10 ETU has eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
Basic Port Package
Only one VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or one VMS-U30 ETU can be
installed in each system in slots S1~S8.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Expanded Port Package
Only one VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU or one VMS-U30 ETU can be
installed in each system in slots S1~S8.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Each system can support only one CMS, CTI/VP, CTP, FMS, VMS,
or VMP ETU.
When installing this ETU, make all ETU DIP switch setting
changes before inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that the
KSU is off.
6.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-41 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Settings.
(Revision Q30931 v 6.65 or lower). For Revision Q30931 v 6.68 or
higher, refer to Table 6-42 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch
Functions.
Table 6-41 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
Normally Off.
(On to enable COM1.)
2
Normally Off.
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled for HOSTKEY
and the VM application is stopped for Maintenance.
3
On to enable COM2 for remote RS-232/RJ-11.
Off to allow COM1 local connection.
4
Not Used.
Used for Revision Q30931 v 6.65 or lower.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 115
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-42 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU DIP Switch Functions
DIP DIP DIP DIP
Description
1
2
3
4
ON
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing
Test (NEC Production only).
ON
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection
and run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production
only).
ON
To connect to CoSession using modem
instead of direct cable connection.
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable
connection.
ON
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection.
ON
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode).
Used for Revision Q00631 v 6.68 or higher.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 116
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.5.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-43 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-43 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
Descriptio
LED
On
Flashing Off
n
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving
Not Used
No Power
power
CH1
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH2
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH3
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH4
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH5
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH6
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH7
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH8
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
MB
MB Switch
ON
Not Used
OFF
status
BIOS
BIOS Error
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
Status
BCLR
Application
Red:
Not Used
Idle
status
DOS started
(VM not
ready)
Green:
VM running
Orange:
Error
When BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console
screen. After error is corrected, LED automatically changes to
green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until
BCLR turns green during booting.
HDD
Hard Disk
Not Used
Hard Disk
Hard Disk
status
active
inactive
Do not reset the ETU while the HDD LED is flashing.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 117
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Refer to Table 6-44 VMS-U30 ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-44 VMS-U30 ETU LED Indications
LED
Name
Description
LED 1
APP1
Indicates status of voice mail application software:
Green Application is running without errors.
Amber Application is running with errors.
Red
Application is not running.
LED 2
APP 2
Not Used
LED 3
Drive
HDD active light is red when the hard drive is accessed.
Do not reset the ETU while this switch is On.
LED 4
CF Power
On when shutdown switch in Run to indicate power on the
ETU.
LED 5
ICGA
Live LED flashes every 125 ms during normal operation.
LED 6
Shut Down
Indicates that the switch has no software control.
Switch
On red only when SHUTDOWN switch is in Run.
LED 7
Shutdown
On red when Switch S3 is in SHUT DOWN to indicate that
voice mail can be safely removed form the KSU.
LED 8
Power
On red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU.
LED 9
FED DSP
Used only for development purposes.
LED 10
CH 1
On red when voice channel 1 is Off Hook.
LED 11
CH 2
On red when voice channel 2 is Off Hook.
LED 12
CH 3
On red when voice channel 3 is Off Hook.
LED 13
CH 4
On red when voice channel 4 is Off Hook.
LED 14
CH 5
On red when voice channel 5 is Off Hook.
LED 15
CH 6
On red when voice channel 6 is Off Hook.
LED 16
CH 7
On red when voice channel 7 is Off Hook.
LED 17
CH 8
On red when voice channel 8 is Off Hook.
The first four channel LEDs are also used during startup to show that the
BICOM driver is loaded (LED 1), Scan disk successfully completed (LED 2),
CoSession Host successfully Loaded (LED 3), and voice mail started
successfully (LED 4). After the system is up and running and all channels are
ready to receive calls, these LEDs are Off. When voice mail does not start
successfully, all eight channel LEDs and LED 1 are on.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 118
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.5.5
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
9-pin RS-232 (COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20 Unit)
r
RJ-11 modem port (COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20 Unit)
r
9-pin RS-23 (COM1)
Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct connection
6.5.6
VMS-U30 ETU Jumper Settings
J7
Used only on VMS
Pin 1 to Pin 2
Compact flash is master drive.
Pin 2 to Pin 3
Hard Drive is master drive (default).
6.5.7
VMS-U30 ETU Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
J2
Connects to the backplane.
r
J6
Used for Compact flash drive on FMS.
r
J9
RJ-45 LAN connector for network connection
r
J11
COM port for console programming connection
r
J12
Port expansion connector for DSP-U30
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 119
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 7
OPTIONAL ETUS
This section describes optional Electronic Telephone Units that provide additional
functions for an Electra Elite IPK II system.
7.1
BSU(4M)-U20 ETU
7.1.1
Description
The BSU(4M)-U20 ETU is the Master Base Station Interface Unit
ETU that provides connection for four Base Stations and up to 16
simultaneous calls on the Electra Elite IPK II Wireless DECT
feature.
Only one BSU(4M)-U20 ETU can be installed in the Basic or
Expanded Electra Elite IPK II system.
Figure 6-63 BSU(4M)-U20 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 120
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.1.2
Installation
As a single unit, the BSU(4M)-U20 ETU (Master) can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any KSU. Two Slave ETUs [BSU(2S) or BSU(6S)]
can be cascaded on four corner posts to the Left of the BSU(4M) in
accordance with the tables below. The complete assembly requires
three adjacent slots and limits installation of the BSU(4M) to slots
S3~S8.
Only one BSU(4)-U20 ETU can be installed in any interface slot in
the Basic or Expanded Port Package of the Electra Elite IPK II.
No. of Base
No.
Slot N-2
Slot N-1
Slot N
Note
Stations
1
None
None
BSU(4M) ETU
4
2
None
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
6
3
None
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
10
4
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
8
5
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
12
6
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
12
7
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
16
Base Station number assignments are shown in the table below:
Slot
ETU
Channel
BS No.
Note
1
1
2
2
N
BSU(4M) ETU
3
3
4
4
1
5
2
6
3
7
N-1
BSU(6S) ETU
4
8
When BSU(2S) ETU is installed, these numbers are not
assigned.
5
9
6
10
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 121
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Slot
ETU
Channel
BS No.
Note
1
11
2
12
3
13
N-2
BSU(6S) ETU
4
14
When BSU(2S) ETU is installed, these numbers are not
assigned.
5
15
6
16
7.1.3
LED Indications
LIVE LED (Red)
On indicates communication between this ETU
and the Main CPU.
LINK (0~3) LED
On indicates Layer 1 and Layer 2 link between
the Wireless DECT and the indicated Base
Station (1~4).
Flashes (0.5sec ON-0.5sec OFF) when Layer 1
Link between Wireless DECT and BSU ETU is
established, but not Link 2.
Off indicates that Link 1 is not established.
Busy (0~3) LED
Flashes when the indicated Base Station (1~4)
is busy. Refer to Figure 6-66 Busy LED Flash
Pattern.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 122
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Status Flashing
Cycle
(sec)
No calls
ON
exist
OFF
0.2 2.0
ON
1 call exists
OFF
1.6
0.2 0.2
ON
2 calls exist
OFF
0.2
1.2
0.2 0.2 0.2
ON
3 calls exist
OFF
0.2 0.2
2.0
0.2
ON
4 calls exist
OFF
Figure 6-64 Busy LED Flash Pattern
7.1.4
Connectors
CN 1
Connects to the backboard.
CN 4
Connects to RJ-45 connector at mid-top of the BSU(2S) or
BSU(6S) ETU.
CN 5
Connects to RJ-45 connector at mid-bottom of the BSU(2S)
or BSU(6S) ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 123
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
The BSU(4M) has two serial interfaces: The upper port is for KGAP
Applications, Cable Delay Measurement, and Electra Elite IPK II to
Wireless Card administration. The lower port is for Applications,
telephone registration, and system information. The Administration
Program is used to communicate with ether port, depending on
operation required. The specifications for the Serial Ports are as
follows:
Specification
RS-232C
Connector
DB-9 Female
DCE/DTE
DCE (connected by straight cable to PC)
Speed
19200 bps
Data Length
8 bits
Parity
None
Stop Bit
None
Flow Control
Hardware Handshake
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 124
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.2
BSU(2S)-U20 ETU
7.2.1
Description
The BSU(2S)-U20 ETU is the Base Station Interface Unit Slave ETU
that provides connection for two additional Base Stations when
connected to the BSU(4M)-U20 (Master) ETU.
A maximum of two BSU(2S)-U20 ETUs can be installed in the Basic
or Expanded Electra Elite IPK II system.
Figure 6-65 BSU(2S)-U20 ETU
7.2.2
Installation
The BSU(2S)-U20 ETU (Slave) is installed on four corner posts on
the front of a BSU(4M)-U20 ETU or on the front of a BSU(6S)-U20 or
on front of another BSU(2S). Slave ETUs are cascaded on posts to
the left of the BSU(4M)-U20 in accordance with the tables below.
Only two BSU(2S)-U20 ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in
the Basic or Expanded Port Package of the Electra Elite IPK II.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 125
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
No. of Base
No.
Slot N-2
Slot N-1
Slot N
Note
Stations
1
None
None
BSU(4M) ETU
4
2
None
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
6
3
None
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
10
4
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
8
5
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
12
6
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
12
7
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
16
Base Station number assignments are shown in the table below:
Base Station
Slot
ETU
Channel
Note
No.
1
1
2
2
N
BSU(4M) ETU
3
3
4
4
1
5
2
6
3
7
N-1
BSU(6S) ETU
4
8
When BSU(2S) ETU is installed, these numbers are not
assigned.
5
9
6
10
1
11
2
12
3
13
N-2
BSU(6S) ETU
4
14
When BSU(2S) ETU is installed, these numbers are not
assigned.
5
15
6
16
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 126
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.2.3
LED Indications
LIVE LED (Red)
On indicates communication between this ETU
and the Main CPU.
LINK (0 or 1) LED
On indicates Layer 1 and Layer 2 link between
the Wireless DECT and the indicated Base
Station (5/6 or 11/12) is established.
Flashes (0.5 sec. ON-0.5 sec. OFF) when Layer
1 Link between Wireless DECT and BSU ETU
is established, but not Link 2.
Off indicates that Link 1 is not established.
Busy (0 or 1) LED Flashing when the indicated Base Station (5/6
or 11/12) is busy. Refer to Figure 6-66 Busy
LED Flash Pattern
Status Flashing
Cycle
(sec)
No calls
ON
exist
OFF
0.2 2.0
ON
1 call exists
OFF
1.6
0.2 0.2
ON
2 calls exist
OFF
0.2
1.2
0.2 0.2 0.2
ON
3 calls exist
OFF
0.2 0.2
2.0
0.2
ON
4 calls exist
OFF
Figure 6-66 Busy LED Flash Pattern
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 127
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.2.4
Connectors
CN 1
Connects to the backboard
CN 4
Connects to RJ-45 connector at mid-top of another
BSU(2S), BSU(6S), or BSU(4M) ETU.
CN 5
Connects to RJ-45 connector at mid-bottom of another
BSU(2S), BSU(6S), or BSU(4M) ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 128
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.3
BSU(6S)-U20 ETU
7.3.1
Description
The BSU(6S)-U20 ETU is the Base Station Interface Unit slave ETU
that provides connection for an additional six Base Stations when
used with the BSU(4M)-U20 (Master) ETU.
A maximum of two BSU(6S)-U20 ETUs can be installed in the Basic
or Expanded Electra Elite IPK II system.
Figure 6-67 BSU(6S)-U20 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 129
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.3.2
Installation
The BSU(6S)-U20 ETU (Slave) is installed on four corner posts on
the front of a BSU(4M)-U20 ETU or on the front of a BSU(2S)-U20 or
on front of another BSU(6S). Slave ETUs are cascaded on posts to
the left of the BSU(4M)-U20 in accordance with the tables below.
Only two BSU(6S)-U20 ETUs can be installed in any interface slot in
the Basic or Expanded Port Package of the Electra Elite IPK II.
No. of Base
No.
Slot N-2
Slot N-1
Slot N
Note
Stations
1
None
None
BSU(4M) ETU
4
2
None
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
6
3
None
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
10
4
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
8
5
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
12
6
BSU(2S) ETU
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
12
7
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(6S) ETU
BSU(4M) ETU
16
Base Station number assignments are shown in the table below:
Slot
ETU
Channel
BS No.
Note
1
1
2
2
N
BSU(4M) ETU
3
3
4
4
1
5
2
6
3
7
N-1
BSU(6S) ETU
4
8
When BSU(2S) ETU is installed, these numbers are not
assigned.
5
9
6
10
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 130
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Slot
ETU
Channel
BS No.
Note
1
11
2
12
3
13
N-2
BSU(6S) ETU
4
14
When BSU(2S) ETU is installed, these numbers are not
assigned.
5
15
6
16
7.3.3
LED Indications
LIVE LED (Red)
On to indicate communication between this ETU
and the Main CPU.
LINK (0~5) LED
On to indicate Layer 1 and Layer 2 link between
the Wireless DECT and indicated Base
Station (5~10 or 11~16).
Flashes (0.5sec ON-0.5sec OFF) when Layer 1
Link between Wireless DECT and BSU ETU is
established, but not Link 2.
Off to indicate that Link 1 is not established.
Busy (0~5) LED
Flashing when the indicated Base Station (5~10
or 11~16) is busy. Refer to Figure 6-68 Busy
LED Flash Pattern.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 131
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Status Flashing
Cycle
(sec)
NO calls
ON
exist
OFF
0.2 2.0
ON
1 call exists
OFF
1.6
0.2 0.2
ON
2 calls exist
OFF
0.2
1.2
0.2 0.2 0.2
ON
3 calls exist
OFF
0.2 0.2
2.0
0.2
ON
4 calls exist
OFF
Figure 6-68 Busy LED Flash Pattern
7.3.4
Connectors
CN 1
Connects to the backboard
CN 4
Connects to RJ-45 connector at mid-top of the BSU(2S),
another BSU(6S), or BSU(4M) ETU.
CN 5
Connects to RJ-45 connector at mid-bottom of the
BSU(2S), another BSU(6S), or BSU(4M) ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 132
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.4
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
7.4.1
Description
The Common Channel Handler is an optional Interface ETU that
provides a common channel signal through the DTI-U30 ETU to a
K-CCIS network and controls the signaling between the KTS and the
CPU. Each CCH ETU supports four K-CCIS links.
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU firmware V5.1 or higher is required for Electra Elite
IPK II compatibility.
Figure 6-69 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 133
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.4.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
Only one CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any interface slot.
Expanded Port Package
Only one CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any interface slot.
7.4.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-45 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings.
Table 6-45 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1
Momentary Switch
Resets the CCH ETU. When this switch is pressed, all
K-CCIS users connected to the CCH ETU are interrupted.
Use this switch only after all other options have failed.
SW21
Off:
Normal Operation (Default)
On:
Test Mode
SW22
Off:
Boot from Flash Memory (Default)
On:
Boot from E-PROM (IC30)
SW23
Off:
Normal Operation (Default)
On:
Test Mode
SW24
Off:
Watch Dog Timer On (Default)
On:
Watch Dog Timer Off
7.4.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-46 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-46 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
1
Link Status for
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
CCH1
2
Link Status for
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
CCH2
3
Link Status for
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
CCH3
4
Link Status for
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
CCH4
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 134
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-46 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications (Continued)
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
5
Link Status for
Data Sent/
Not Used
Idle
CCH1
Received
6
Link Status for
Data Sent/
Not Used
Idle
CCH2
Received
7
Link Status for
Data Sent/
Not Used
Idle
CCH3
Received
8
Link status for
Data Sent/
Not Used
Idle
CCH4
Received
9
CCH status
Alarm
Normal
Not Operating
Operation
10
LIVE
Operation
Normal
No Power
Stopped
Operation
(Power Still
On)
7.4.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN2
Performs maintenance functions.
7.4.6
Connections
There are no physical connections to the MDF for the CCH(4)-U( )
ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 135
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.5
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
7.5.1
Description
The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any intercom user or outside
party calling to a port of the CNF(8)-U( ) ETU to join or make a
multiparty conference call.
Each CNF(8)-U( ) ETU supports one 8-party conference or two
4-party conferences regulated by a switch setting.
The system recognizes this ETU as SLI(8)-U( ) ETU. This ETU
shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Figure 6-70 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 136
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.5.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
A maximum of two CNF(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots
S1~S8.
The maximum number of CNF(8)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by 64
trunk and station ports combined. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of two CNF(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots
S1~S8.
The maximum number of CNF(8)-U( ) ETUs that can be installed
depends on other station cards installed. The system is limited by
256 stations. This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the
system.
Calculating maximum capacities is based on the system having a
minimum of eight Electronic Station Interface (ESI) ports and four
trunk ports.
7.5.3
Switch Settings
The CNF(8)-U( ) ETU has the following switches.
r
Reset Switch
Refer to Table 6-47 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Reset Switch.
r
Conference Time Switch
Refer to Table 6-48 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Maximum Conference
Time Switch.
r
Party Size Switch
Table 6-47 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Reset Switch
Switch
Setting
Description
SW2
Press to Reset
Host Reset Switch
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 137
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-48 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch
Setting
Switch
Max Conference Time
SW3-2
SW3-3
ON
ON
1 Hour
ON
OFF
2 Hour
CTS
OFF
ON
3 Hour
OFF
OFF
No Limit
Table 6-49 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Party Size Switch
Switch
Setting
Description
SW3-1
ON
1 Eight-Party Conference
SW3-1
OFF
2 Four-Party Conferences
7.5.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-50 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-50 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
Status
ETU Status
Operation
Normal
No
stopped
Operation
Power
(Power On)
CH 0
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 1
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 2
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 3
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 4
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 5
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 6
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 7
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 138
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.5.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
J1
Connects to the backplane.
r
J2
Not currently used
r
J3
Nine-pin RS-232C connector for maintenance
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 139
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.6
CNF(16)-U20 ETU
7.6.1
Description
The CNF(16)-U20 ETU is a Conference Bridge that is used with the
Electra Elite IPK II system. Refer to Figure 6-71 CNF(16)-U20 ETU.
Each CNF(16)-U20 supports the following conferences and
conditions:
H
Simple Mode (8 Ports)
J
One 8-party conference
J
Two 4-party conferences
H
Simple Mode (16 Ports)
J
One16-party conference
J
Two 8-party conferences
J
One 6-party and two 5-party conferences
J
Four 4-party conferences
J
Password Protection for each conference
J
Applicable voice messages and announcements (e.g.,
Entry, password request, or exit).
H
Advanced Mode Conditions
J
Password protection option for each conference
J
Applicable voice messages and announcements
(e.g.,Entry, password request, exit)
J
E-mail notification, when enabled, requires the organizer
to enter the E-mail address of each participant requiring
notification of a pending conference. This option is used
for setting up a new conference.
J
Host Required, when enabled, requires the host/
organizer to be logged into the conference before any
other participant can enter. This option is used for setting
up a new conference.
J
Admission Control, when enabled, requires the organizer
to dial a digit allowing each participant to enter the
conference. This FUTURE option is to be used for setting
up a new conference.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 140
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
J
Using a predefined password, the technician can record a
personalized Welcome Greeting for each Multimedia
Conference Bridge.
Figure 6-71 CNF(16)-U20 ETU
7.6.2
Installation
The CNF(16)-U20 ETU is a hot-swappable ETU that can fit in any
interface slot in a KTS chassis and is recognized by the CPU as a
CNF( )-U20 ETU.
Only one CNF(16)-U20 ETU can be installed in any interface slot in
the Basic Port or Expanded Port Package of the Electra Elite IPK II.
The Ethernet connector can use a Category 5 (CAT5) unshielded
twisted pair (UTP) cable to connect to an Ethernet hub or switch on
the customer premises.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 141
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
To install the CNF(16)-U20 ETU:
1.
Select the number of ports the ETU supports using SW1 DIP
switch 3 or 4.
2.
Place SW1 DIP switch 2 ON to configure for simple conference
mode.
3.
Place the ETU into the desired slot in the KSU chassis.
4.
After LEDs1~3 (DS11~13) are On, the ETU is operational.
These LEDs are located on the lower back side of the ETU.
5.
Connect the Ethernet cable coming from a hub or switch from
the customer premises to the J1 connector on the CNF ETU.
Verify that the link lamp is on green.
7.6.3
Configuring
When installed for the first time the CNF(16)-U20 ETU comes up
with factory default settings shown in Table 6-51 Default Network
Settings for TCP/IP Addressing.
Table 6-51 Default Network Settings for TCP/IP Addressing
IP Address
192.168.1.100
Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0
Default Gateway
0.0.0.0
These parameters must be redefined before the ETU can work in
your environment. Refer to the Elite Multimedia Conference Bridge
Installation Manual for more information.
7.6.4
Switch Settings
The CNF(16)-U20 ETU has the following switches.
r
DIP switch SW1
Refer to Table 6-52 CNF(16)-U20 ETU Dip Switch SW1. This
switch has four selector switches:
J
SW1-1
Restores ETU Port and /Modes settings to
Factory Default
J
SW1-2
Defines either Simple or Advanced Mode
J
SW1-3
Defines the 16 Port configuration
J
SW1-4
Defines the 8 Port configuration
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 142
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-52 CNF(16)-U20 ETU Dip Switch SW1
Multimedia ETU Port and Mode
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
8 port Simple Mode
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
16 port Simple Mode
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
8 port Advanced Mode
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
16 port Advanced Mode
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
r
RESET Switch SW2
This switch allows the technician to reset the CNF(16)-U20
ETU without having to remove and insert it again in the KTS.
r
Rotary Switch SW3
This switch is a 16-position (0~9,A~F) rotary switch to select
display options. Refer to Table 6-53 CNF(16)-U20 ETU Rotary
Switch SW3.
Table 6-53 CNF(16)-U20 ETU Rotary Switch SW3
Channel
Status
Channel
Status
Position
0
CH8 (DS1)
ON
CH16 (DS1)
OFF
0
CH7 (DS2)
ON
CH15 (DS2)
OFF
0
CH6 (DS3)
ON
CH14 (DS3)
OFF
0
CH5 (DS4)
ON
CH13 (DS4)
OFF
0
CH4 (DS5)
ON
CH12 (DS5)
OFF
0
CH3 (DS6)
ON
CH11 (DS6)
OFF
0
CH2 (DS7)
ON
CH10 (DS7)
OFF
0
CH1 (DS8)
ON
CH9 (DS8)
OFF
1
CH8 (DS1)
OFF
CH16 (DS1)
ON
1
CH7 (DS2)
OFF
CH15 (DS2)
ON
1
CH6 (DS3)
OFF
CH14 (DS3)
ON
1
CH5 (DS4)
OFF
CH13 (DS4)
ON
1
CH4 (DS5)
OFF
CH12 (DS5)
ON
1
CH3 (DS6)
OFF
CH11 (DS6)
ON
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 143
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-53 CNF(16)-U20 ETU Rotary Switch SW3 (Continued)
Channel
Status
Channel
Status
Position
1
CH2 (DS7)
OFF
CH10 (DS7)
ON
1
CH1 (DS8)
OFf
CH9 (DS8)
ON
7.6.5
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-54 CNF(16)-U20 ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-54 CNF(16)-U20 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On Off
DS1
Channel Status
CH8/CH16 On
CH8/CH16 Off
DS2
Channel Status
CH7/CH15 On
CH7/CH15 Off
DS3
Channel Status
CH6/CH14 On
CH6/CH14 Off
DS4
Channel Status
CH5/CH13 On
CH5/CH13 Off
DS5
Channel Status
CH4/CH12 On
CH4/CH12 Off
DS6
Channel Status
CH3/CH11 On
CH3/CH11 Off
DS7
Channel Status
CH2/CH10 On
CH2/CH10 Off
DS8
Channel Status
CH1/CH9 On
CH1/CH9 Off
DS9
LIVE
ETU Active
ETU Inactive
DS10
CF BUSY
Flash Access
No Flash Access
LED 3 (DS13)
Conference Status
Conference Initialized
Conference not
(Back of ETU)
Initialized
LED 2 (DS12)
Insertion Status
Insertion Complete
Insertion not
(Back of ETU)
Complete
LED 1 (DS11)
Boot Status
Boot Complete
Boot Incomplete
(Back of ETU)
7.6.6
Connectors
The following connectors are used:
r
J1 Ethernet Connector
This connector is a single 10/100 MPS Ethernet Connector.
This port has Auto-Medium Dependent Interface Crossover
(MDIX) to allow using either a straight-through Ethernet cable
for connection to a PC or a crossover Ethernet cable.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 144
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
The Ethernet Interface setting allows manual configuration of
the Ethernet port from the Web Interface, and can be set to
operate in the following port speed and duplex mode
combinations: 10MB/Full Duplex, 10MB/HalfDuplex,100MB/
Half Duplex, or 100MB/Full Duplex, Auto-Negotiate.
r
J2 Serial Connector
This 10-pin serial terminal is used for debugging operations
only.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 145
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.7
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
7.7.1
Description
The HUB(8)-U( ) ETU is an optional Ethernet interface for the Electra
Elite IPK II KSU that supports eight Ethernet ports. Each port has
two LEDs that indicate status and activity.
A HUB is a switching point for data that comes together from
individual ports. A switch determines the port where the data should
be forwarded and regulates transmission. The HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
provides an efficient platform when multiple ETUs that require
Ethernet connection are installed in the Electra Elite IPK II KSU.
One port can be a source port, and another port can be set as a
target port to mirror the source and monitor data traffic.
Figure 6-72 HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 146
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.7.2
Installation
The HUB(8)-U( ) ETU cannot be installed in a KSU that contains an
EliteMail VP or CTI system.
This ETU has an attached green cable that must be connected to
frame ground.
Basic Port Package
Only one HUB(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The system is limited by 64 trunk and station ports combined. This
ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Expanded Port Package
Only one HUB(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8.
The system is limited by 256 stations. This ETU shares the total
number of station ports in the system.
7.7.3
Switch Settings
Press switch SW1 to Reset the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU.
7.7.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-55 HUB(8)-U( ) LEDS.
Table 6-55 HUB(8)-U( ) LEDS
LED
ON
OFF
Blinking
LED1
No Power to ETU
Normal Operation
RJ45C Yellow
100 Mbps
10 Mbps
N/A
RJ45C Green
LINK
No Link
Data Tx/Rx
7.7.5
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
CN1
Connects to the backplane.
r
CN3
Three pin Jumper. Pins 2 and 3 are shorted for
Normal operation.
r
CN5
Channel 1~4 RJ45C Connectors
r
CN6
Channel 5~8 RJ45C Connectors
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 147
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.8
IAD(8)-U( )
7.8.1
Description
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is an optional interface integration device ETU
for the Electra Elite IPK II KSU. The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU supports
various IP applications such as the CCISoIP application and the
MEGACO Station Application. Currently used configurations are
indicated in Figure 6-73 IAD(8)-U( ) ETU on page 6-148.
Figure 6-73 IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 148
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-56 IAD(8)-U( ) Configurations
Installation slot
Port
Configuration
Electra Elite IPK
Application
s
II
CCISoIP
8
S1~S8
CCISoIP ETU
ESI(8)-U( )
8
S1~S8
Megaco Station ETU
7.8.2
Boot Up Sequence Status Identification
Status of the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU during boot up is shown in Table 6-57
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU LED Boot Sequence Indications.
Table 6-57 IAD(8)-U( ) ETU LED Boot Sequence Indications
D8
D6
D4
D2
D7
D5
D3
D1
*D12
Approximate
State
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
LIVE
Time
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
1 second
(from Cold Boot)
2
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
3
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
3 seconds
4
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
5
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Flash
5 seconds
6
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
* LIVE LED D12 also flashes when ETU is receiving power from the KSU.
7.8.3
Installation
This ETU can be installed in any KSU slot that supports the
applicable ETU simulated.
Basic Port Package
A maximum of three IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots
S1~S8 when used as an ESI.
A maximum of six IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8
when used as a CCISoIP ETU.
Expanded Port Package
A maximum of 14 IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8
when used as an ESI.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 149
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
A maximum of 22 IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8
when used as a CCISoIP ETU.
7.8.4
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 6-58 IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Switches.
Table 6-58 IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Switches
Switch
Setting
Description
S1
Press to Reset
Host Reset Switch
S2
Shown below
Eight-position DIP Switch
S2-1~3
Always Off
Reserved
S2-4
On (default) to enable
Auto Card Discovery Selection -
Off to disable
On only for first power on to
recognize ETU and set defaults
or for ESI(8)-U( ) ETU simulation
S2-5
Always On to enable 8
Number of Voice Ports Selection
ports
(Off enables 4 ports)
S2-6~-8
S2-8 On for CCISoIP
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Mode
mode.
Selection to show simulated ETU
S2-6 On for ESI Mode
7.8.5
Ethernet Status
Two Built-in LEDs (One green and one yellow) on the front of each
RJ-45 Connector indicate Ethernet connection status. The yellow
LED is On when the link is up; the green LED is On to indicate
activity.
7.8.6
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
P1
Connects to the backplane.
r
J1, J10, J11
Reserved for future use.
r
J5
RJ-45 Ethernet connector for future use
r
J6
Default RJ-45 Ethernet connector
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 150
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.9
IVR Application
7.9.1
Description
The EliteApps Interactive Voice Response application is a
man-machine interface that uses scripting language to play prompts
that guide a caller to select different available options using a
touchtone telephone key pad (DTMF tones).
This application is implemented using a VMP(4)-U( ) ETU and an
IVR Compact Flash (CF) to support four ports for IVR applications.
When the DSP-U( ) module is attached eight ports are available.
Figure 6-74 VMP(4)-U( ) ETU With IVR Compact Flash
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 151
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.9.2
Installation
Basic Port Package
Only one VMP ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system. The
system is limited by 256 stations.
Expanded Port Package
Only one VMP ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system. The
system is limited by 256 stations.
When installing this ETU, make all ETU DIP switch setting
changes before inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU
is off.
7.9.3
Switch Settings
The following default switch settings are used for the VMP(4)/(8)-U( )
ETU. Typically these settings should remain at factory default.
Table 6-59 Switch Settings for VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Default
Switch
Description
Setting
SW 1
Off
Resets the ETU. Leave at factory default setting.
SW 2-1
Off
Not used for IVR ETU. Leave at factory default setting.
Restores the ETU to factory default settings if set to On.
SW 2-2
Off
Leave at factory default unless factory defaults must be restored, then set
SW2-2 and SW2-3 to On.
Restores the ETU to factory default settings if set to On.
SW2-3
Off
Leave at factory default unless factory defaults must be restored, then set
SW2-2 and SW2-3 to On.
SW3
Off
Toggles to switch the IVR application On or Off.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 152
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.9.4
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-60 VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications.
Table 6-60 VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LED 1, AP1
Running without
Green
errors
Amber
Not Used
Not Used
Application Software
Running with errors
Red
Not Running
LED 2, AP2
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
LED 3, DRIVE
Hard Drive Access
Red if accessed
When not
Not Used
accessed
LED 4, CF PWR
Power to the ETU
Red if power is on
No power to
Not Used
ETU
LED 5, ICGA
Live LED
Not Used
Red every
Operation is
125ms during
shut down
operation
LED 6, Switch S3
Do not remove Voice
Red when S3 in
S3 not in RUN
Not Used
Indication
Mail from KSU
RUN
position
LED 7, SHUT DOWN
Safe to remove Voice
Red when S3 in
S3 not in SHUT
Not Used
Mail from KSU
SHUT DOWN
DOWN position
LED 8, Power
Receiving KSU
Red if power is on
Not Used
No KSU power
power
LED 9, FED DSP
For development only
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
LED 10, CH1
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
LED 11, CH2
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
LED 12, CH3
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
LED 13, CH4
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
LED 14, CH5
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
LED 15, CH6
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
LED 16, CH7
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 153
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 6-60 VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications (Continued)
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
LED 17, CH8
OFF/ON HOOK
Red for Off-hook
Not Used
On Hook
status
The first four channel LEDS are also used during startup to signify:
LED 1 - BICOM driver loaded
LED 2 - Scandisk completed successfully
LED 4 - Application started successfully
After system is up and running these LEDs are turned off, and all channels are ready to receive calls.
When the VMP(4)/(8) fails to start, all eight channel LEDs and the BCLR LED (AP1) are on.
Table 6-61 VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Ready LED Indications shows the
status of the VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU after it has been installed,
initialized and is ready to process calls.
Table 6-61 VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Ready LED Indications
LED
Description
Status
LED 1, AP1
Running without
Solid Green
Application Software
errors
LED 4, CF PWR
Power to the ETU
Solid Red
LED 5, ICGA
Live LED
Blinking Red
LED 7, SHUT DOWN
Initialized
Solid Green
application
LED 8, Power
Receiving KSU
Solid Red
power
7.9.5
Jumper Settings
The following jumper settings apply.
J1
Setting
Pin 1 to Pin 2
IVR Integration (default)
Pin 2 to Pin 3
Not Used
J7
Setting
Pin 1 to Pin 2
Not Used
Pin 2 to Pin 3
Hard Drive is master drive (default)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 154
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.9.6
Connectors
The following connectors are included:
r
J2
Connects to the backplane.
r
J8
Connects to Hard Disk memory.
r
J9
RJ45 LAN connector for network connection
r
J11
9-pin RS232 local serial connector for direct connection
r
J12
Port expansion connector for DSP-U( ) module
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 155
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.10
PVA( )-U10 ETU
7.10.1
Description
The Packet Voice Application, PVA( )-U10 ETU is an optional
interface that supports IP Application Packages (Media Gateway
MG16 or IP CCISoIP) Refer to Figure 6-75 PVA( )-U10 ETU. This
ETU can be assigned as an MG16 Package to support Megaco
Stations or as a CCISoIP Package to support the IP CCIS Network
Trunks.
Figure 6-75 PVA( )-U10 ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 156
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.10.2
Installation
Installed as IP Station (MEGACO) MG16
Basic Port Package
Two PVA( )-U10 ETUs can be installed.
Expanded Port Package
Thirteen PVA( )-U10 ETUs can be installed.
Installed as K-CCIS IP with PVA
Basic Port Package
Two PVA( )-U10 ETUs can be installed.
Expanded Port Package
Eleven PVA( )-U10 ETUs can be installed.
7.10.3
Applications
Table 6-62 PVA( )-U10 ETU Configurations
Electra Elite
Configuration
Ports
IPK II
Application
Installation slot
MG16
16
S1~S8
MG16 Package
IP CCISoIP
24
S1~S8
CCISoIP Package
7.10.4
Removal Procedure
The PVA( )-U( ) ETU is hot swappable and can be removed form the
KTS without powering down the ETU or the Electra Elite IPK II
system.
When the Electra Elite IPK II KSU requires system reset, this ETU
comes back on line.
7.10.5
Configuring
When installed for the first time the PVA( )-U( ) ETU comes up with
factory default settings shown in Table 6-63 Default Network Settings
for TCP/IP Addressing.
Table 6-63 Default Network Settings for TCP/IP Addressing
IP Address
192.168.1.100
Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0
Default Gateway
0.0.0.0
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 157
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
These parameters must be redefined before the ETU can work in
your environment. Refer to the Applicable IP Application Features
and Specifications and installation instructions.
The PVA( )-U( ) ETU has the following switches.
r
DIP switch SW1
Refer to Table 6-64 PVI(16)-U10 ETU Rotary Switch SW3. This
switch has four selector switches:
J
SW1-1
N/A
J
SW1-2
N/A
J
SW1-3
N/A
J
SW1-4
Placed ON to restore factory default software
package when used with Rotary Switch SW3.
J
RESET Switch SW2
This switch allows the technician to reset the PVA( )-U( )
without having to remove and insert it again in the KTS.
r
Rotary Switch SW3
This 16-position (0~9,A~F) rotary switch selects display
options. Only A is currently used. Refer to Table 6-64
PVI(16)-U10 ETU Rotary Switch SW3.
Table 6-64 PVI(16)-U10 ETU Rotary Switch SW3
SW1-4
SW3
Status
Setting
Position
0N
A
Restores Factory Default Package
Notes:
1.
When setting factory configuration, the ETU must initially boot up
with configured switch settings.
2.
When Rotary Switch SW3 is selected, Switch SW1-4 must be ON.
3. Restoring the factory software package may take up to five
minutes.
4.
When the ETU has completed booting, return Switch SW1-4 to
OFF and Rotary Switch SW3 to 0.
7.10.6
LED Indications
Refer to Table 6-65 Default Boot Sequence: In Active PVA( )-U10
ETU without IP Application Loaded.
The Boot sequence in this table occurs when the ETU is at factory
default and the IP Application is not loaded.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 158
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Refer to Table 6-66 Active PVA( )-U10 ETU with IP Application
Loaded.
The Boot sequence in this table occurs when the IP Application is
loaded.
The PVA( )-U( ) should be removed only after the ETU has
completed booting, and LEDs 1~3 on the back of the ETU are ON.
Table 6-65 Default Boot Sequence: In Active PVA( )-U10 ETU without IP Application Loaded
DS10
DS8
DS7
DS6
DS5
DS4
DS3
DS2
DS1
DS9
LED
LED
LED
Approximate
State
CF
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
Live
3
2
1
Time
Busy
1 ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Flash
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
CH1~CH8
Simultaneous
2
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Flash
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
CH1~CH8
Incremental
3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
Slow
OFF
OFF
ON
1~3 Minutes
Blink
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
Flash
OFF
OFF
ON
1~5 Seconds
5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
Slow
OFF
OFF
ON
1~3 Minutes
Blink
6
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
Fast
OFF
OFF
ON
1~3 Minutes
Blink
7
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ACTIVE
Table 6-66 Active PVA( )-U10 ETU with IP Application Loaded
DS10
DS8
DS7
DS6
DS5
DS4
DS3
DS2
DS1
DS9
LED
LED
LED
Approximate
State
CF
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
Live
3
2
1
Time
Busy
1 ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Flash
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
CH1~CH8
Simultaneous
2
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Flash
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
CH1~CH8
Incremental
3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
Flash
OFF
OFF
ON
1~3 Minutes
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
1~5 Seconds
5
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Flash
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
CH1~CH7
Incremental
6
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Flash
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ACTIVE
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 159
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.10.7
Connectors
The following connectors are used:
r
J1 Ethernet Connector
This connector is a single 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Connector.
This port has Auto-Medium Dependent Interface Crossover
(MDIX) to allow using either a straight-through Ethernet cable
for connection to a PC or a crossover Ethernet cable.
The Ethernet Interface setting allows manual configuration of
the Ethernet port from the Web Interface, and can be set to
operate in the following port speed and duplex mode
combinations: 10MB/Full Duplex, 10MB/HalfDuplex,100MB/
Half Duplex, or 100MB/Full Duplex, Auto-Negotiate.
r
J2 Serial Connector
This 10-pin serial terminal is used for debugging operations
only.
r
J4 Compact Flash
Reserved for future use.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 160
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.11
VMP( )-U40 ETU
7.11.1
Description
This ETU is a PC-platform that contains disk space for voice
recording storage and application software. It can be configured as
a 2-port, 4-port, or 8-port interface.
The 2- or 4-port interface includes one digital signal processor
(DSP); a DSP-U30 Unit must be installed for the 8-port interface.
Major features include:
r
A faster running 486-based processor allows quicker boot and
faster operation.
r
Cosession direct connection speed of 57,000 baud is
supported as the only direct connection speed for all U40
ETUs.
r
Port upgrades are performed by replacing the Compact Flash
drive with another drive with the needed port configuration.
r
All ETUs have a built-in modem for remote console
programming. An external modem and single-line port can
also be used for remote programming. The internal modem is
accessed from the automated attendant by dialing the modem
extension ID that is only an ID used by voice mail, not an
extension on the telephone system.
r
The voice mail application efficiently shuts down after active
calls are completed, and the ETU turns off when the shutdown
switch is placed in SHUTDOWN (Q51231 or higher database is
required).
r
The system manager can select a special language for a
particular subscriber at the console, and the subscriber hears
the language when login is complete. The default language
must be the system default language (Q51231 or higher
database is required).
r
A database entity, the Language Selection Box, allows outside
callers to choose a language. Each database entity (e.g.,
personal message box) also has the selected language
associated with it (Q51231 or higher database is required).
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 161
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-76 VMP( )-U40 ETU
7.11.2
Installation
The VMP(2)-U40 ETU has two channels of built-in Voice Mail.
The VMP(4)-U40 ETU has four channels of built-in Voice Mail.
The VMP(8)-U40 ETU has eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
Only one VMP(2)/(4)/(8)-U40 ETU can be installed in any interface
slot in the Basic or Expanded Port Package of the Electra Elite IPK II
system.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
When installing this ETU, make all ETU DIP switch setting
changes before inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that the
KSU is off.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 162
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.11.3
Installing Flash Drive on the VMP( )-U40 ETU
Use the following instructions to install the Flash Drive.
1.
Remove the VMP( )-U40 ETU and selected Flash Drive from
the box.
2.
Locate slot CN6 on VMP( )-U40 ETU.
3.
The side with the SanDisk name in large red letters should be
facing up, as shown in Figure 6-77 Installing the Flash Drive on
the VMP( )-U40 ETU.
Figure 6-77 Installing the Flash Drive on the VMP( )-U40 ETU
The Flash Drive goes in only one way, and does not take much
force to insert it.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 163
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Push the drive in until it is fully seated, as shown in Figure 6-78
Flash Drive Seated on VMP( )-U40 ETU.
Figure 6-78 Flash Drive Seated on VMP( )-U40 ETU
5.
Ensure that jumper J1 is set across pins 1 and 2.
6.
Ensure that jumper J7 is set across pins 1 and 2.
7.
Insert Sony battery CR-2032 into BATT1 connector with the +
sign facing up as shown in Figure 6-78 Flash Drive Seated on
VMP( )-U40 ETU on page 6-164. When an eight port ETU is
used go to 7.11.5 Installing DSP( )-U30 on VMP( )-U40 ETU on
page 6-169, otherwise your voice mail ETU is ready for
installation.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 164
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.11.4
Installing Hard Drive on the VMP( )-U40 ETU
Warning! Handle the hard drive carefully! Do not drop the drive or
apply pressure to it! Do not touch the printed circuit board of the
drive or ETU unnecessarily. Doing so can make a drive inoperable!
This unit makes extensive use of CMOS technology that is very
susceptible to static; therefore, extreme care must be taken to avoid
static discharge when handling.
1.
Before mounting the drive make note of the connection to the
hard drive, notice the four pins to the left of the drive, These
pins are not connected for normal operation, see Figure 6-79
Connecting the Hard Drive.
Figure 6-79 Connecting the Hard Drive
2.
Check jumper J-7 and make sure it is on pins 2-3, see Figure 6-
80 Plus Sign on Battery Displayed Up.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 165
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Check jumper J-1 and make sure it is on pins 1-2, see Figure 6-
80 Plus Sign on Battery Displayed Up.
4.
Insert Sony battery CR-2032 into BATT1 connector, the + sign
should be facing up as shown in Figure 6-80 Plus Sign on
Battery Displayed Up.
J-1 -- make sure
it is set to pins
2-3.
BATT1 Connector
-- install battery
J-7 -- make sure
with the + facing
it is set to pins 2-
up.
3 for hard drive.
Figure 6-80 Plus Sign on Battery Displayed Up
5.
Insert keyed end of ribbon cable into connector CN8, the keyed
connector only goes into connector CN8 one way and should
not be forced. The red stripe of the cable is towards the bottom
of the ETU as given in Figure 6-81 Connecting the Ribbon
Cable on page 6-167.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 166
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Notice the four pins to
the left of the drive.
These pins are not
connected for normal
Red Stripe
operation.
Figure 6-81 Connecting the Ribbon Cable
6.
Place hard drive on table with printed circuit board side up and
the pins facing the card as shown in Figure 6-81 Connecting
the Ribbon Cable.
7.
Connect the hard drive to the cable making sure that the four
pins on right side of the drive are not connected as shown in
Figure 6-82 Leaving Four Pins Unconnected.
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Hardware Manual
6 - 167
Document Revision 1
Electra Elite IPK II
___________________________________________________________________________________
Notice the four pins to
the left of the drive.
These pins are not
connected for normal
operation.
Figure 6-82 Leaving Four Pins Unconnected
8.
Carefully place the hard drive on the ETU as shown in Figure 6-
83 Placing the Hard Drive on the ETU.
Figure 6-83 Placing the Hard Drive on the ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 168
Installing ETUs (Circuit Cards)
Electra Elite IPK II
Document Revision 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
9.
Holding the drive so it does not move turn the ETU over and put the
four mounting screws in place as shown in Figure 6-84 Placing the
Four Mounting Screws. The screws only need to be lightly torque
down. Tightening the screws too much can damage the board.
Figure 6-84 Placing the Four Mounting Screws
7.11.5
Installing DSP( )-U30 on VMP( )-U40 ETU
For an 8-port VMP( )-U40 ETU, the DSP-U30 must be installed.
Refer to Figure 6-85 Installing the DSP-U30 on the VMP( )-U40 ETU.
1.
Wearing a grounding strap, remove the VMP( )-U40 and
DSP-U30 from the box and lay on a flat work surface.
2.
Locate connector CN12 in the center of the ETU and position
the DSP-U30 over it. Press down firmly on the DSP-U30 unit
until a secure connection is made. Ensure that all the standoffs
are snapped completely.
3.
Place Switch SW3 in RUN.
4.
Install the ETU in the KSU.
5.
Turn ON the KSU system power.
_________________________________________________________________________